668
DRA M/S A Secto Ph: 08 QCI NA MAR’ 2022 aa AFT ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPO FOR KARLAM MANGANESE M OF S. S.K. SARAWAGI & CO P Office Address Sri Asok Konda, Nominated Ow D. No. 10-1-31, Signature Towers, L Waltair Uplands Visakhapatnam – 530003 Site Address Extent: 17.63 Ha Sy. No. 278, 279, 281/1 to 8, Karlam (V) Chipurupalli (M), Vizianagaram D Andhra Pradesh Production Capacity Expansion from 1500 TPA to 400 Approved ToRLr. No: SEIAA AP VZM 04 2007 D Baseline Data Collected: October’ 2021 to De or: 01 – Mining of Minerals, Cat – B 2 at par w PREPARED BY H.O:Block-B, B-1, IDA, Autonagar -12,Visakapa 91-2755528, Fax: 0891-2755529, E-mail: svenviro_ Ph: 9440338628 ABET & NABL Accredited & Recognized by MOE SVELC/SKSCPL L IMPACT ORT MINE PVT. LTD. wner Level 4 District, 55.94 TPA Dated: 23.03.2021 ecember’ 2021 with B 1 (Expansion) atnam [email protected] EF&CC, New Delhi. L/KMM/DRAFT/EIA

DRA MAR' AFT ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT REPO L

Embed Size (px)

Citation preview

DRA

MM/SS. S

A

Secto

Ph: 08

QCI NA

MAR’

2022 aa

AFT ENVIRONMENTAL

ASSESSMENT REPO

FORR

KARLAMM MANGANESEE MMINE

OFF

/S.. S.K.. SARAWAGI && COO PPVT

Office Address

Sri Asok Konda, Nominated Ow

D. No. 10-1-31, Signature Towers, L

Waltair Uplands

Visakhapatnam – 530003

Site Address

Extent: 17.63 Ha

Sy. No. 278, 279, 281/1 to 8,

Karlam (V)

Chipurupalli (M), Vizianagaram D

Andhra Pradesh

Production Capacity

Expansion from 1500 TPA to 400Approved ToRLr. No: SEIAA AP VZM 04 2007 D

Baseline Data Collected: October’ 2021 to De

or: 01 – Mining of Minerals, Cat – B2 at par w

PREPARED BY

H.O:Block-B, B-1, IDA, Autonagar -12,Visakapa

91-2755528, Fax: 0891-2755529, E-mail: svenviro_

Ph: 9440338628

ABET & NABL Accredited & Recognized by MOE

SVELC/SKSCPL

L IMPACT

ORT

E MINEE

PVT.. LTD.

wner

Level 4

District,

55.94 TPA Dated: 23.03.2021

ecember’ 2021

with B1 (Expansion)

atnam

[email protected]

EF&CC, New Delhi. .

L/KMM/DRAFT/EIA

UNDERTAKING

(As per MoEF OM No. 11013/41/2006-IA.II (I) dt: 05.10.2011)

I, the undersigned Mr. Asok Konda, Nominated Owner for Karlam Manganese mine

of M/s S.K. Sarawagi & Co. Pvt. Ltd. over an extent of 17.63Ha., located at Sy. No.

278, 279, 281/1 to 8 of Karlam(V), Chipurupalli (M), Vizianagaram District, Andhra

Pradesh do hereby solemnly affirm and declare that SV Enviro Labs & Consultants

located at Enviro House, Block –B, B-1, IDA, Autonagar, Visakhapatnam -12 has

obtained ToRs for our mine to obtain production expansion in Environmental

Clearance under the EIA notification, 2006.

As a Project proponent, I undertake that the present Draft EIA study report of the

mining project of Karlam Manganese mine belonging to M/s S.K. Sarawagi & Co.

Pvt. Ltd. located at Sy. No:278, 279, 281/1 to 8 of Karlam (V), Chipurupalli (M),

Vizianagaram District is entirely with the prescribed ToRs.

And further, I endorse all the data and information of the EIA report, as presented by

EIA consultant SV Enviro Labs & Consultants to be accurate, true and correct and I

own the responsibility for the same.

Thanks & Regards

For Karlam Manganese mine of

M/s S.K. Sarawagi & Co. Pvt. Ltd.

Mr. Asok Konda

Nominated Owner

DECLARATION B

“Draft Environmental Impact A

from 1500 TPA to 40055.94 TP

Karlam Village, Chipurupalli M

Manganese Mine of M/s S.K. S

I hereby certify that I was a part

above EIA.

EIA Co-ordinator :

Name :

Signature :

Functional Area Experts:

S.No Functional

Areas

Name of th

1. EIA

Coordinator

K.Anitha

2. AP M. Murali

3. WP V. Hemala

4. SHW K. Anitha

5. SE Dr. B.

Bhaskara R

6. EB Dr. M. Ta

Naidu

7. HG Dr.

Ramakrishn

BY EXPERTS CONTRIBUTING TO THE EI

Assessment for the Expansion in production o

PA in an area of 17.63 Ha at Sy. No: 278, 279,

Mandal, Vizianagaram district, Andhra Pradesh

Sarawagi & Co. Pvt Ltd.

of the EIA team in the following capacity that d

K. Anitha

he Expert Category

as per

NABET

Involvement

(Period and

task**)

B Mining

Krishna A Air Pollution

monitoring,

prevention &

control

tha A Water Pollution

monitoring,

prevention &

control

A Solid waste

management

Vijay

Rao

A Socioeconomic

studies

arakeswara A Ecology and Bio-

diversity

G.V.A

hna

A Hydrology

IA

of Manganese

281/1 to 8 of

h by Karlam

developed the

Signature and Date

8. GEO Dr.

Ramakrishn

9. SC Dr. M. Tar

Naidu

10. AQ M. Murali

11. NV M. Murali

12. LU Dr.

Ramakrishn

13. RH Shaik Kasi

G.V.A

hna

A

Geology

rakeswara B Soil conservation

Krishna A Air quality

modelling

Krishna A Noise and vibration

G.V.A

hna

A Land use studies

im A Risk and hazard

study

Declaration by the Head of the accredited consultant organization/ authorized person

I, M. Murali Krishna, hereby, confirm that the above mentioned experts prepared the Draft

Environmental Impact Assessment for the Expansion in production of Manganese ore from

1500 TPA to 40055.94 TPA in an area of 17.63 Ha at Sy. No: 278, 279, 281/1 to 8 of Karlam

Village, Chipurupalli Mandal, Vizianagaram district, Andhra Pradesh by Karlam

Manganese Mine of M/s S.K. Sarawagi & Co. Pvt Ltd.

Signature:

Name: M. Murali Krishna

Designation: Managing Partner

Name of the EIA consultant organization: SV Enviro Labs & Consultants

NABET Certificate No & Issue Date: NABET/EIA/1821/SA 0118 Dt: 28.09.2020.

NABET Extension No & Issue Date: QCI/NABET/ENV/ACO/22/2215 Dt: 17.01.2022 and

valid up to 16.04.2022

INDEX

S.No. PARTICULARS PAGE NO.

Chapter-I Introduction

1.0 Introduction 1-1

1.1 Purpose of the report 1-1

1.2 Details of the project & identification of project proponent 1-2

1.3 Background Information of the Project 1-3

1.4 Brief description of the project 1-4

1.5 Project Nature, size & location 1-4

1.6 Regulatory compliances & applicable laws/regulations 1-7

1.7 Environmental parameters in the study area 1-7

1.8 Generic structure of EIA document 1-8

1.9 Post environment clearance monitoring 1-8

Chapter-II Project Description

2.0 Genaral 2-1

2.1 Description of the project 2-1

2.2 Location details 2-1

2.2.1 Details about Project Site 2-2

2.3 Geology and exploration 2-7

2.3.1 Physiographic 2-7

2.3.2 Regional geology 2-7

2.3.3 Local geology 2-7

2.4 Method of Mining 2-8

2.5 Earlier Production Dispatches 2-9

2.6 Mineral reserves/resources 2-10

2.7 Details of Production 2-16

2.8 Waste dump management 2-17

2.9 Conceptual plan 2-18

2.9.1 Land use 2-19

2.9.2 Mining methodology 2-19

2.9.3 Mining machinery 2-20

2.9.4 Site services 2-20

2.10 Employment potential 2-21

2.11 Project cost 2-21

Chapter-III Description Of The Environment

3.0 Introduction 3-1

3.1 Study area 3-1

3.2 Study period 3-1

3.3 Methodology of EIA study 3-1

3.4 Collection of baseline data 3-2

3.4.1 Micro meteorological data 3-2

3.4.2 Winds 3-4

3.5 Air environment 3-7

3.5.1 Selection of sampling locations 3-7

3.5.2 Methodology of sampling and analysis 3-7

3.5.3 Frequency of sampling 3-7

3.5.4 Existing ambient air quality 3-13

3.6 Water environment 3-14

3.6.1 Surface water & ground water quality assessment 3-14

3.6.2 Selection of sampling locations 3-14

3.6.3 Sampling techniques 3-14

3.6.4 Analytical techniques 3-16

3.6.5 Water sampling stations 3-17

3.6.6 Ground water quality of the study area 3-20

3.6.7 Summary of groundwater quality 3-22

3.6.8 Surface water quality of the study area 3-23

3.6.9 Surface water quality results are summarized below 3-24

3.7 Soil quality 3-24

3.7.1 Selection of sampling locations 3-24

3.7.2 Sampling and analytical techniques 3-25

3.7.3 Details of soil sampling locations 3-26

3.7.4 Soil analysis results in the study area 3-28

3.7.5 Summary of soil analysis data 3-29

3.7.6 Standard soil classification 3-30

3.8 Noise environment 3-31

3.8.1 Identification of sampling locations 3-31

3.8.2 Methodology 3-31

3.8.3 Noise monitoring locations 3-32

3.8.4 Description of locations 3-32

3.8.5 Noise levels in the study area 3-34

3.9 Geology and Hydrogeology 3-36

3.9.1 Topography 3-36

3.9.2 Drainage 3-36

3.9.3 Local Geology 3-36

3.9.4 Geomorphology and geo-hydrology 3-37

3.9.5 Soil 3-38

3.9.6 Geotechnical Characteristics and Natural Hazards 3-38

3.9.7 Land Use Studies 3-39

3.9.8 Ground water Prospects 3-39

3.10 Landuse/Land cover 3-40

3.10.1 LULC study 3-42

3.10.2 Digital Elevation maps 3-46

3.10.3 Contour map 3-46

3.10.4 Drainage map 3-46

3.10.5 Prediction of Impacts during Construction Phase 3-51

3.10.5.1 Land environment 3-51

3.10.9 Impact on land use 3-51

3.11 Biological environment 3-51

3.12 Socio - economic environment 3-59

Chapter-IV Anticipated Environmental Impacts And Mitigation Measures

4.0 Introduction 4-1

4.1 Air quality 4-7

4.1.1 Quantitative estimation of impacts on air environment 4-7

4.1.2 Sources of dust emission 4-7

4.1.3 Emission details 4-8

4.1.4 Meteorological data 4-8

4.1.5 Assumptions made in the prediction of air pollution impacts 4-8

4.1.6 Summary of predicted ground level concentrations of particulate

matter

4-8

4.1.7 Air quality mitigation measures 4-9

4.2 Water environment 4-10

4.2.1 Impacts on surface water bodies and control measures 4-10

4.2.2 Rain water harvesting 4-11

4.2.3 Impacts on ground water table 4-11

4.3 Land environment 4-11

4.3.1 Solid waste generation 4-11

4.3.2 Impact due to land degradation 4-12

4.3.3 Program of Afforestation 4-12

4.3.4 Impact on land use and reclamation measures 4-13

4.3.5 Slope stability 4-13

4.4 Noise environment 4-14

4.4.1 Impact due to Noise and Vibration 4-14

4.4.2 Noise Control Measures 4-15

4.5 Solid waste generation and stacking of wastes 4-15

4.6 Biological environment 4-16

4.6.1 Impacts on Biological Environment 4-16

4.6.2 Mitigation measures 4-16

4.6.3 Greenbelt development 4-17

4.7 Traffic analysis 4-18

4.7.1 Impact on road network 4-18

4.8 Socio-economic conditions 4-19

4.8.1 Impact on socio-economic conditions 4-19

4.8.2 Impact on Human Settlement 4-19

4.9 Impact on occupational health and safety 4-20

Chapter-V Analysis Of Alternatives

5.0 General 5-1

5.1 Alternate Technology 5-1

5.2 Alternative Site 5-1

Chapter-VI Environmental Monitoring Programme

6.0 Environmental Monitoring 6-1

6.1 Monitoring around the Mine site 6-1

6.2 Post Project Monitoring programme 6-1

6.2.1 Environmental Monitoring 6-2

6.3 Monitoring schedule for environmental parameters 6-2

6.4 Implementation Schedule 6-3

6.5 Monitoring Equipment And Consumables 6-4

Chapter-VII Additional Studies

7.0 Public consultation 7-1

7.1 Risk assessment 7-1

7.2 Disaster management plan 7-2

7.3 Implementation of emp and monitoring system 7-2

7.3.1 General 7-2

7.4 Implementation 7-3

7.5 Activities to be monitored / inspected by EMC 7-4

7.5.1 Land erosion 7-4

7.5.2 Drainage 7-4

7.5.3 Revegetation and green belt development 7-4

7.5.4 Occupational health 7-4

Chapter-VIII Project Benefits

8.0 General 8-1

8.1 Employment 8-1

8.2 Occupational health 8-1

8.3 Improvements in physical and social infrastructure 8-1

8.3.1 Improvements in physical infrastructure 8-2

8.3.2 Improvements in social infrastructure 8-2

8.3.3 Increase in employment potential 8-2

8.3.4 Prevention of illegal mining & contribution to the exchequer 8-2

8.3.5 Enhancement of green cover 8-3

8.3.6 Health 8-3

Chapter-IX Environmental Management Plan

9.0 Introduction 9-1

9.1 Corporate Environment Responsibility (CER) 9-4

9.2 Objectives of environmental management plan 9-4

9.3 Air quality management 9-5

9.3.1 Controlling dust levels 9-5

9.3.2 Air pollution control measures 9-5

9.3.3 Controlling of NOx levels 9-6

9.4 Water quality management 9-6

9.5 Noise level monitoring 9-7

9.5.1 Parameters 9-7

9.5.2 Methodology 9-7

9.5.3 Noise quality management 9-7

9.5.4 Noise pollution control 9-8

9.6 Water consumption and waste water generation 9-8

9.7 Biological management plan 9-9

9.7.1 Tree plantation program 9-10

9.7.2 Mine drainage 9-10

9.8 Soil management 9-10

9.9 Proposed mitigating measures 9-11

9.9.1 Land environment 9-11

9.9.1.1 Land use 9-11

9.9.1.2 Mine roads 9-11

9.9.1.3 Land restoration 9-12

9.9.2 Socio-economic environment & safety 9-12

9.9.3 Biological management plan 9-13

9.9.3.1 Green belt development/afforestation plan 9-13

9.9.3.2 Criteria for selection of species 9-14

9.9.3.3 Design of green development 9-14

9.9.4 Occupational health and safety measures 9-15

9.9.5 Public health implication, occupational health survey program and

first aid

9-16

Chapter-X Summary & Conclusion

10.0 Summary and conclusions 10-1

10.1 Need for the project 10-1

10.2 Salient features of the project 10-2

10.3 Reserves 10-3

10.4 Mining 10-4

10.5 Description of the environment 10-5

10.5.1 Land use 10-5

10.5.2 Water quality 10-6

10.5.3 Ambient air quality 10-7

10.5.4 Noise Quality 10-8

10.5.5 Biodiversity 10-9

10.5.6 Socio-economic 10-9

10.6 Anticipated impact and mitigation measures 10-10

LIST OF TABLES

TABLE NO. TITLE PAGE NO.

Chapter -I Introduction

1.1 Description of project proponent 1-2

Chapter –II Project Description

2.1 Details about the project site 2-2

2.2 Year wise production during earlier mine workings 2-9

2.3 Reserves Estimation By Cross Sectional Method 2-14

2.4 Year wise production for ensuing two years as per latest

modified mining plan

2-17

2.5 Waste generation details 2-18

2.6 Land Use details 2-19

2.7 Details Mining Machinery 2-20

2.8 Employment details 2-21

10.6.1 Land environment 10-10

10.6.2 Water environment 10-10

10.6.3 Air environment 10-10

10.6.4 Noise environment 10-10

10.6.5 Biological environment 10-11

10.6.6 Socio-economic environment 10-11

10.6.7 Mine waste 10-11

10.6.8 Impacts due to Transportation 10-11

10.7 Risk Assessment & Disaster Mangement Plan 10-12

10-8 Project Benefits 10-12

10.9 Environmental Management Plan 10-12

10.10 Recommendations 10-13

Chapter-XII Disclosure of Consultants

11.0 Disclosure of nabet accredited organisation for EIA studies 11-1

11.1 About Sv Enviro Labs & Consultants (SVELC) 11-1

11.2 Services offered by Sv Enviro 11-1

Chapter –III Description of The Environment

3.1 Micro Meteorological Data at Site 3-5

3.2 Techniques and Detectable limits for ambient air quality

monitoring

3-8

3.3 Location of ambient air quality monitoring stations 3-8

3.4 Summary of Ambient Air Quality in the Study Area 3-10

3.5 Standard Operating Procedures (SOP) for water sampling 3-15

3.6 Analytical techniques for water analysis 3-16

3.7 Water sampling stations 3-17

3.8 Ground water quality results 3-20

3.9 Surface water quality of the study area 3-23

3.10 Analytical techniques for soil analysis 3-25

3.11 Soil Sampling Locations 3-26

3.12 Soil analysis results 3-28

3.13 Noise monitoring locations 3-32

3.14 Noise levels in the study area 3-34

3.15 Land use land covers statistics of buffer zone 3-45

3.16 Summary of anticipated impacts during operation phase 3-51

3.17 Flora enumerated from both Core and Buffer zones of the

existing mining site.

3-53

3.18 List of faunal diversity observed in core and buffer zones of

the study area

3-57

3.19 List of aquatic / semi aquatic macrophytes found in the study

area

3-58

3.20 Demographic details of Vizianagaram district 3-61

3.21 Demographic details of the mandal 3-62

Chapter –IV Anticipated Environmental Impacts & Mitigation Measures

4.1 Expected Nature of Impacts 4-1

4.2 Identified/Predicted Environmental Impacts with & without

Mitigation Measures

4-2

4.3 Noise impact 4-14

4.4 Selected list of plant species for Greenbelt development 4-18

Chapter -VI Environmental Monitoring Programme

6.1 Recurring Cost towards Environmental protection Measure 6-2

6.2 Implementation Schedule 6-3

Chapter -IX Environmental Management Plan

9.1 EMP costing for the proposed project 9-2

9.2 Ambient Air Quality Standards 9-5

9.3 Air Pollution Control Measures 9-5

9.4 Fresh water requirement 9-8

9.5 Details of Year Wise Tree Plantation Program 9-13

LIST OF FIGURES

FIGURE NO. TITLE PAGE NO.

Chapter -I Introduction

1.1 Location of the Karlam manganese Mine 1-6

Chapter –II Project Description

2.1 Google map (10 km radius) 2-5

2.2 Topomap of 10 km radius 2-6

Chapter –III Description of the Environment

3.1 Wind rose diagram for the month of October 2021-

December 2021

3-6

3.2 Location Ambient Air Quality Stations 3-9

3.3 Water sampling locations 3-19

3.4 Soil sampling locations 3-27

3.5 Noise monitoring locations 3-33

3.6 Geomorphology of Vizianagaram District 3-38

3.7 Ground water prospects in Vizianagaram District 3-40

3.8 Flow chart of methodology 3-42

3.9 False Colour Composite Image of the 10 km radius of the

Karlam Manganese mine

3-43

3.10 Satellite Image of the 10 km radius of the Karlam

Manganese mine

3-44

3.11 Land Use Land Covers Statistics of Buffer Zone 3-45

3.12 Land Use & Land Cover Map within the 10 km radius of

Karlam Manganese mine

3-47

3.13 Contour levels within the 10 km radius of Karlam

Manganese mine

3-48

3.14 Digital Elevation Map of Karlam Manganese mine 3-49

3.15 Map showing water bodies within the 10 km radius of

Karlam Manganese mine

3-50

Chapter-VII Additional Studies

7.1 Organizational setup of EMC 7-9

Chapter -IX Environmental Management Plan

9.1 Water balance 9-9

Chapter -XII Disclosure of Consultants

11.1 NABET Certificate 11-3

11.2 NABET Extension of Validity Certificate 11-4

ANNEXURES

Annexure -I ToR Copy

Annexure -II Modified Mining Plan

Annexure -III Cluster letter & Map

Annexure -IV Production Details

Annexure -V EC & CFO

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF M/s S.K. SARAWAGI &

CO. PVT LTD – 17.63 Ha.

DRAFT EIA REPORT TOR COMPLIANCE

APPROVED TERMS OF REFERENCE COMPLIANCE

ToRFile No: SEIAA AP VZM 04 2007 Dt: 23.03.2021

S.No Standard Terms of Reference TOR Compliance/Section No.

1 Year wise production details since 1994

should be given, clearly stating the highest

production achieved in any one year prior to

1994. It may also be categorically informed

whether there had been any increase in

production after EIA Notification 1994 came

into force, w.r.t the highest production

achieved prior to 1994.

The mine lease was granted by Ind and

Comm (M-III) Dept, A.P vide G.o Ms.

No. 166 Dated: 27.06.2007 with the

same was executed vide Proceedings

No. 388/M/2005 Dated: 14.08.2007 by

the Assistant Director of Mines and

Geology, Vizianagaram. The Mining

Lease for Manganese was granted vide

G.O Ms No. 166 for the extent of 17.63

Ha for 20 years with effect from

04.08.2007 on 13.08.2027. Obtained

Environmental Clearance vide order

No. SEIAA/AP/VZM-04/2007 on

26.03.2013 for mining of 1500 TPA.

Obtained Consent order vide No

9107/APPCB/ZOVSP/VZM/CFO/2020

Dated: 03.12.2020 with validity up to

30.09.2021.

The modified mining plan for

enhanced production is IBM approved

40055.94 TPA for the balance period

of 2020-21 to 2021-22, Hyderabad vide

letter no. AP/VZNR/MP/Mn-86/HYD;

dated 29.09.2020

Earlier production details are attached

as Annexure IV.

Proposed year wise production details

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF M/s S.K. SARAWAGI &

CO. PVT LTD – 17.63 Ha.

DRAFT EIA REPORT TOR COMPLIANCE

furnished in the Chapter II- Project

description section 2.7.

2 A copy of the document in support of the fact

that the Proponent is the rightful lessee of the

mine should be given.

The rightful lessee of the project is

M/s. S.K. Sarawagi & Co. Pvt Ltd vide

G.o Ms. No. 166 Dated: 27.06.2007

and document is available in the

approved mining plan.

3 All documents including approved mine plan,

EIA and Public Hearing should be

compatible with one another in terms of the

mine lease area, production levels, waste

generation and its management, mining

technology etc. and should be in the name of

the lessee.

While preparing EIA it has been

ensured that all the documents

including approved mining plan, EIA

are compatible with one another in

terms of the mine lease area,

production levels, waste generation and

its management, mining technology etc

and are in the name of Karlam

Manganese Mine of M/s S.K. Sarawagi

& Co Pvt Ltd.

4 All corner coordinates of the mine lease area,

superimposed on a High Resolution Imagery/

toposheet, topographic sheet, geomorphology

and geology of the area should be provided.

Such an Imagery of the proposed area should

clearly show the land use and other

ecological features of the study area (core

and buffer zone).

All the corner coordinates of mine

lease area has been

marked/superimposed on toposheet.

10 km radius Topo map of 1:50,000

scale of the project location of the mine

lease area is given in Chapter II; Fig.

2.2.

Corner co-ordinates are superimposed

on High resolution Google earth

imagery & topo sheet is given in

Chapter-II under Fig 2.1.

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF M/s S.K. SARAWAGI &

CO. PVT LTD – 17.63 Ha.

DRAFT EIA REPORT TOR COMPLIANCE

5 Information should be provided in Survey of

India Toposheet in 1:50,000 scale indicating

geological map of the area, geomorphology

of land forms of the area, existing minerals

and mining history of the area, important

water bodies, streams and rivers and soil

characteristics.

Required toposheet is provided at Fig:-

2.2 in Chapter-II.

Important water bodies, streams, rivers

are shown in topo sheet which is

provided by Survey of India. All the

water bodies, streams and rivers shown

in Chapter III. Fig. 3.15.

6 Details about the land proposed for mining

activities should be given with information as

to whether mining conforms to the land use

policy of the State; land diversion for mining

should have approval from State land use

board or the concerned authority.

The mine lease was granted by Ind and

Comm (M-III) Dept, A.P vide G.o Ms.

No. 166 Dated: 27.06.2007 with the

same was executed vide Proceedings

No. 388/M/2005 Dated: 14.08.2007 by

the Assistant Director of Mines and

Geology, Vizianagaram. The Mining

Lease for Manganese was granted vide

G.O Ms No. 166 for the extent of 17.63

Ha for 20 years with effect from

04.08.2007 on 13.08.2027.

7 It should be clearly stated whether the

proponent Company has a well laid down

Environment Policy approved by its Board of

Directors? If so, it may be spelt out in the

EIA Report with description of the prescribed

operating process/procedures to bring into

focus any infringement/deviation/ violation

of the environmental or forest norms/

conditions? The hierarchical system or

administrative order of the Company to deal

with the environmental issues and for

ensuring compliance with the EC conditions

The project proponent is committed to

environmental safeguard and

sustainable development.

Environmental Monitoring Cell shall

be established for reporting

environmental issues. The

Environmental policy is as follows:

Prevent pollution by continual

improvement in environmental

performance of the Environmental

Management Plan.

Comply with all the

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF M/s S.K. SARAWAGI &

CO. PVT LTD – 17.63 Ha.

DRAFT EIA REPORT TOR COMPLIANCE

may also be given. The system of reporting

of non compliances / violations of

environmental norms to the Board of

Directors of the Company and/or

shareholders or stakeholders at large, may

also be detailed in the EIA Report.

environmental legislations,

regulations under the EIA

Notification 2006 & subsequent

amendments.

Promote environmental awareness

amongst employees, local

communities and interested parties

through proactive communication

and training.

Training to employees in terms of

Safety, Health & Environment through

Mining association & Authorized

Agency.

8. Issues relating to Mine Safety, including

subsidence study in case of underground

mining and slope study in case of open cast

mining, blasting study etc. should be detailed.

The proposed safeguard measures in each

case should also be provided.

The method of mining is open cast and

mechanised.

Subsidence study is not applicable as

the mine is not underground mining.

Mining is being done during non-rainy

period.

Safety measures:

The working pits are protected

with fence.

The working pits are under

vigilance during the working

and non working hours.

Detailed occupational health and safety

is mentioned at Chapter – IV under

section: 4.9.

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF M/s S.K. SARAWAGI &

CO. PVT LTD – 17.63 Ha.

DRAFT EIA REPORT TOR COMPLIANCE

9. The study area will comprise of 10 km zone

around the mine lease from lease periphery

and the data contained in the EIA such as

waste generation etc. should be for the life of

the mine lease period.

The waste material that will be

generated during the course of mining

for Manganese ore comprises

quartzites, quartzofelspathic material,

khondalite, etc. In the review period

about 31845.58 m3 of total waste is

estimated to be generated. On an

average 15922.79 m3 of waste will be

generated yearly. The waste will be

dumped in the northern side (90.98 m2)

having height of 3.5m over the existing

dump (1.03 Ha) with slope angle shall

maintain 350.The waste will be spread

at dump yard with the excavator and

which will be compacted by marching

the excavator over the dump. The top

soil generated will be used for green

belt development.

The life of the mine is 6years for this

proposed expansion production

capacity. The detailed year wise

production is mentioned in Chapter-II

under section 2.7.

10 Land use of the study area delineating forest

area, agricultural land, grazing land, wildlife

sanctuary, national park, migratory routes of

fauna, water bodies, human settlements and

other ecological features should be indicated.

Land use plan of the mine lease area should

be prepared to encompass preoperational,

Land use/Land cover is exclusively

detailed in section 3.10 of Chapter-III.

Impacts on Land Use are mentioned in

section 4.3 of Chapter-IV.

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF M/s S.K. SARAWAGI &

CO. PVT LTD – 17.63 Ha.

DRAFT EIA REPORT TOR COMPLIANCE

operational and post operational phases and

submitted. Impact, if any, of change of land

use should be given.

11. Details of the land for any Over Burden

Dumps outside the mine lease, such as extent

of land area, distance from mine lease, its

land use, R&R issues, if any, should be

given.

The waste material that will be

generated during the course of mining

for Manganese ore comprises

quartzites, quartzofelspathic material,

khondalite, etc. In the review period

about 31845.58 m3 of total waste is

estimated to be generated. On an

average 15922.79 m3 of waste will be

generated yearly. The waste will be

dumped in the northern side (90.98 m2)

having height of 3.5m over the existing

dump (1.03 Ha) with slope angle shall

maintain 350.The waste will be spread

at dump yard with the excavator and

which will be compacted by marching

the excavator over the dump. The top

soil generated will be used for green

belt development.

No habitation is present within mine

area thus R&R issues are not

anticipated.

12 A Certificate from the Competent Authority

in the State Forest Department should be

provided, confirming the involvement of

forest land, if any, in the project area. In the

event of any contrary claim by the Project

Proponent regarding the status of forests, the

site may be inspected by the State Forest

There is no involvement of forest land

in the project area, hence not

applicable.

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF M/s S.K. SARAWAGI &

CO. PVT LTD – 17.63 Ha.

DRAFT EIA REPORT TOR COMPLIANCE

Department along with the Regional Office

of the Ministry to ascertain the status of

forests, based on which, the Certificate in this

regard as mentioned above be issued. In all

such cases, it would be desirable for

representative of the State Forest Department

to assist the Expert Appraisal Committees.

13 Status of forestry clearance for the broken up

area and virgin forestland involved in the

Project including deposition of net present

value (NPV) and compensatory Afforestation

(CA) should be indicated. A copy of the

forestry clearance should also be furnished.

Not Applicable as the project site is not

located within forest land.

14 Implementation status of recognition of forest

rights under the Scheduled Tribes and other

Traditional Forest Dwellers (Recognition of

Forest Rights) Act, 2006 should be indicated.

Not Applicable.

15 The vegetation in the RF / PF areas in the

study area, with necessary details, should be

given.

There is no RF/PF within study area.

However, flora studies conducted in

the core and buffer zones and are

covered in Chapter-III under section-

3.11.

16 A study shall be got done to ascertain the

impact of the Mining Project on wildlife of

the study area and details furnished. Impact

of the project on the wildlife in the

surrounding and any other protected area and

accordingly, detailed mitigative measures

required, should be worked out with cost

Fauna studies conducted in the core

and buffer zone is covered in Chapter-

III under section-3.11.

Mitigation measures on the biological

environment are covered in section-9.7

in Chapter-IX.

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF M/s S.K. SARAWAGI &

CO. PVT LTD – 17.63 Ha.

DRAFT EIA REPORT TOR COMPLIANCE

implications and submitted.

17 Location of National Parks, Sanctuaries,

Biosphere Reserves, Wildlife Corridors,

Ramsar site Tiger/Elephant

Reserves/(existing as well as proposed), if

any, within 10 km of the mine lease should

be clearly indicated, supported by a location

map duly authenticated by Chief Wildlife

Warden. Necessary clearance, as may be

applicable to such projects due to proximity

of the ecologically sensitive areas as

mentioned above, should be obtained from

the Standing Committee of National Board of

Wildlife and copy furnished.

No National Parks, Wildlife

Sanctuaries, Tiger/Elephant reserves

exist in the core or buffer zone of the

lease area.

18 A detailed biological study of the study area

[core zone and buffer zone (10 km radius of

the periphery of the mine lease)] shall be

carried out. Details of flora and fauna,

endangered, endemic and RET Species duly

authenticated, separately for core and buffer

zone should be furnished based on such

primary field survey, clearly indicating the

Schedule of the fauna present. In case of any

scheduled-I fauna found in the study area, the

necessary plan along with budgetary

provisions for their conservation should be

prepared in consultation with State Forest

and Wildlife Department and details

furnished. Necessary allocation of funds for

implementing the same should be made as

Biological study is covered in Chapter-

III under section-3.11

Tabular data of the species also

mentioned in section 3.11 in Chapter-

III.

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF M/s S.K. SARAWAGI &

CO. PVT LTD – 17.63 Ha.

DRAFT EIA REPORT TOR COMPLIANCE

part of the project cost.

19 Proximity to Areas declared as 'Critically

Polluted' or the Project areas likely to come

under the 'Aravali Range', (attracting court

restrictions for mining operations), should

also be indicated and where so required,

clearance certifications from the prescribed

Authorities, such as the SPCB or State

Mining Department should be secured and

furnished to the effect that the proposed

mining activities could be considered.

No critically polluted areas come under

the core zone or buffer zone of the

lease area.

20 Similarly, for coastal Projects, A CRZ map

duly authenticated by one of the authorized

agencies demarcating LTL. HTL, CRZ area,

location of the mine lease w.r.t CRZ, coastal

features such as mangroves, if any, should be

furnished. (Note: The Mining Projects falling

under CRZ would also need to obtain

approval of the concerned Coastal Zone

Management Authority).

No CRZ regulation is applicable.

21 R&R Plan/compensation details for the

Project Affected People (PAP) should be

furnished. While preparing the R&R Plan,

the relevant State/National Rehabilitation &

Resettlement Policy should be kept in view.

In respect of SCs /STs and other weaker

sections of the society in the study area, a

need based sample survey, family-wise,

should be undertaken to assess their

requirements, and action programmes

Not Applicable as no habitation is

present within the mine.

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF M/s S.K. SARAWAGI &

CO. PVT LTD – 17.63 Ha.

DRAFT EIA REPORT TOR COMPLIANCE

prepared and submitted accordingly,

integrating the sectoral programmes of line

departments of the State Government. It may

be clearly brought out whether the village(s)

located in the mine lease area will be shifted

or not. The issues relating to shifting of

village(s) including their R&R and socio-

economic aspects should be discussed in the

Report.

22. One season (non-monsoon) [i.e. March-May

(Summer Season); October-December (post

monsoon season) ; December-February

(winter season)]primary baseline data on

ambient air quality as per CPCB Notification

of 2009, water quality, noise level, soil and

flora and fauna shall be collected and the

AAQ and other data so compiled presented

date-wise in the EIA and EMP Report. Site-

specific meteorological data should also be

collected. The location of the monitoring

stations should be such as to represent whole

of the study area and justified keeping in

view the pre-dominant downwind direction

and location of sensitive receptors. There

should be at least one monitoring station

within 500 m of the mine lease in the

predominant downwind direction. The

mineralogical composition of PM10,

particularly for free silica, should be given.

Baseline data (Water quality, noise

level, soil, flora and fauna, AAQ,

Meteorological data) for the period of

October’ 2021 to December’ 2021 is

collected within the study area and

same is elaborated in Chapter -III.

23. Air quality modelling should be carried out

for prediction of impact of the project on the

Detailed air quality for prediction of

impacts is elaborated in chapter - IV

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF M/s S.K. SARAWAGI &

CO. PVT LTD – 17.63 Ha.

DRAFT EIA REPORT TOR COMPLIANCE

air quality of the area. It should also take into

account the impact of movement of vehicles

for transportation of mineral. The details of

the model used and input parameters used for

modelling should be provided. The air quality

contours may be shown on a location map

clearly indicating the location of the site,

location of sensitive receptors, if any, and the

habitation. The wind roses showing

predominant wind direction may also be

indicated on the map.

under section:4.1.

There are no point sources proposed in

the mine lease area.

Vehicular movement is restricted in

terms of speed, hence the fugitive

emissions localised.

The wind rose is shown in chapter –III

under Fig no:3.1.

24 The water requirement for the Project, its

availability and source should be furnished.

A detailed water balance should also be

provided. Fresh water requirement for the

project should be indicated.

The total water requirement is

19.0KLD (existing and proposed) is

met through water tankers from

surrounding villages. Detailed water

balance is mentioned in chapter - IX

under table no: 9.4

25. Necessary clearance from the Competent

Authority for drawl of requisite quantity of

water for the project should be provided.

The source of water is water tankers

for domestic and water collected in the

mine pit is used for water

sprinkling/mining operations in

addition to irrigation.

26. Description of water conservation measures

proposed to be adopted in the project should

be given. Details of rainwater harvesting

proposed in the project, if any, should be

provided.

Water conservation measures are

mentioned under section-9.4 in

Chapter-IX.

Rain water Harvesting is covered under

section 4.2.2 in Chapter-IV.

27 Impact of the Project on the water quality,

both surface and groundwater, should be

Impacts on water quality are tabled in

Chapter-IV under Table-4.2 and

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF M/s S.K. SARAWAGI &

CO. PVT LTD – 17.63 Ha.

DRAFT EIA REPORT TOR COMPLIANCE

assessed and necessary safeguard measures,

if any required, should be provided.

safeguard measures are covered under

section 4.2.

28. Based on actual monitored data, it may

clearly be shown whether working will

intersect groundwater. Necessary data and

documentation in this regard may be

provided. In case the working will intersect

groundwater table, a detailed Hydro

Geological Study should be undertaken and

Report furnished. The Report inter-alia, shall

include details of the aquifers present and

impact of mining activities on these aquifers.

Necessary permission from Central Ground

Water Authority for working below ground

water and for pumping of ground water

should also be obtained and copy furnished.

Ground water has not been intersected

due to the mining activities. The

collected rain water in the mine pit will

be used for mining operations/water

sprinkling and irrigation. Thus no need

for Hydro Geological Study.

29 Details of any stream, seasonal or otherwise,

passing through the lease area and

modification / diversion proposed, if any, and

the impact of the same on the hydrology

should be brought out.

Not Applicable. There are no streams

present within the mine area. One first

order stream adjacent to mine due West

and a Canal at 0.02 km – NE. Contour

ditch and bund wall will be provided.

30 Information on site elevation, working depth,

groundwater table etc. Should be provided

both in AMSL and bgl. A schematic diagram

may also be provided for the same.

Site maximum elevation is 106m MSL,

workings are proposed maximum upto

13.43 m and minimum up to 4.11 m

from the surface and ground water

depth ranges from 6.95 to 9.95 m. (as

per approved mining plan)

31 A time bound Progressive Greenbelt

Development Plan shall be prepared in a

tabular form (indicating the linear and

Year-wise Green belt development

schedule is depicted in table9.5 in

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF M/s S.K. SARAWAGI &

CO. PVT LTD – 17.63 Ha.

DRAFT EIA REPORT TOR COMPLIANCE

quantitative coverage, plant species and time

frame) and submitted, keeping in mind, the

same will have to be executed up front on

commencement of the Project. Phase-wise

plan of plantation and compensatory

afforestation should be charted clearly

indicating the area to be covered under

plantation and the species to be planted. The

details of plantation already done should be

given. The plant species selected for green

belt should have greater ecological value and

should be of good utility value to the local

population with emphasis on local and native

species and the species which are tolerant to

pollution.

chapter-IX.

Plant species for greenbelt is also

tabled under section 4.4 in chapter-IV.

32. Impact on local transport infrastructure due

to the Project should be indicated. Projected

increase in truck traffic as a result of the

Project in the present road network

(including those outside the Project area)

should be worked out, indicating whether it is

capable of handling the incremental load.

Arrangement for improving the

infrastructure, if contemplated (including

action to be taken by other agencies such as

State Government) should be covered.

Project Proponent shall conduct Impact

ofTransportation study as per Indian Road

Congress Guidelines.

Traffic analysis has been done in

section 4.7 in chapter-IV.

33. Details of the onsite shelter and facilities to

be provided to the mine workers should be

Temporary rest shelter constructed for

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF M/s S.K. SARAWAGI &

CO. PVT LTD – 17.63 Ha.

DRAFT EIA REPORT TOR COMPLIANCE

included in the EIA Report. mining operation workers.

34 Conceptual post mining land use and

Reclamation and Restoration of mined out

areas (with plans and with adequate number

of sections) should be given in the EIA

report.

Conceptual post mining plan is

explained in section 2.8 in chapter-II.

35 Occupational Health impacts of the Project

should be anticipated and the proposed

preventive measures spelt out in detail.

Details of pre-placement medical

examination and periodical medical

examination schedules should be

incorporated in the EMP. The project specific

occupational health mitigation measures with

required facilities proposed in the mining

area may be detailed.

Occupational Health Impacts are

mentioned in chapter-IV under section

4.9.

Whereas the preventive measures are

embedded in section-9.9.4 in Chapter-

IX.

36 Public health implications of the Project and

related activities for the population in the

impact zone should be systematically

evaluated and the proposed remedial

measures should be detailed along with

budgetary allocations.

Public Health Implications are

discussed in section 9.9.5 in chapter

IX. And the budget allocations are

inscribed in Table -9.1.

37 Measures of socio economic significance and

influence to the local community proposed to

be provided by the Project Proponent should

be indicated. As far as possible, quantitative

dimensions may be given with time frames

for implementation.

Measures on socio-economic

conditions are mentioned in chapter IV

under section 4.8.

38 Detailed environmental management plan Detailed Environmental Management

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF M/s S.K. SARAWAGI &

CO. PVT LTD – 17.63 Ha.

DRAFT EIA REPORT TOR COMPLIANCE

(EMP) to mitigate the environmental impacts

which, should inter-alia include the impacts

of change of land use, loss of agricultural and

grazing land, if any, occupational health

impacts besides other impacts specific to the

proposed Project.

Plan and cost implication for EMP is

mentioned in Chapter -IX.

39 Public Hearing points raised and commitment

of the Project Proponent on the same along

with time bound Action Plan with budgetary

provisions to implement the same should be

provided and also incorporated in the final

EIA/EMP Report of the Project.

Draft EIA report is being submitted for

Public hearing. Final EIA with public

hearing minutes will be prepared after

completion of public hearing.

40 Details of litigation pending against the

project, if any, with direction /order passed

by any Court of Law against the Project

should be given.

No pending litigation against this

expansion project.

41 The cost of the Project (capital cost and

recurring cost) as well as the cost towards

implementation of EMP should be clearly

spelt out.

Total project cost is Rs. 95.00 lakhs

(20.0 Lakhs existing and 75.0 Lakhs

proposed) and EMP capital cost Rs. 7.2

Lakhs and recurring cost as

Rs.6.5Lakhs per annum and detailed in

chapter -IX with capital and recurring

cost.

42 A Disaster management Plan shall be

prepared and included in the EIA/EMP

Report.

DMP is covered in section 7.2 in

chapter-VII.

43 Benefits of the Project if the Project is

implemented should be spelt out. The

benefits of the Project shall clearly indicate

Project Benefits is covered in Chapter-

VIII.

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF M/s S.K. SARAWAGI &

CO. PVT LTD – 17.63 Ha.

DRAFT EIA REPORT TOR COMPLIANCE

environmental, social, economic,

employment potential, etc.

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/S. S.K. SARAWAGI & CO. PVT. LTD. – 17.63 HAEXECUTIVE SUMMARY

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

FFORR

KARLAMM MANGANESEE MINEE

OFF

M/S.. S.K.. SARAWAGII && COO PVTT LTD Extent: 17.63 Ha

Site AddressSy. No. 278, 279, 281/1 TO 8,

Karlam(V)

Chipurupalli(M), Vizianagaram District,

Andhra Pradesh

Production Capacity

Expansion from 1500 TPA to 40055.94 TPA Approved ToRLr. No: SEIAA AP VZM 04 2007 Dated: 23.03.2021

Baseline Data Collected: October’2021 to December’2021

Sector: 01 – Mining of Minerals, Cat –B1 (Expansion)

PREPARED BY

H.O: Block-B, B-1, IDA, Autonagar -12,Visakhapatnam

Ph: 0891-2755528, Fax: 0891-2755529, E-mail: [email protected] Ph: 9440338628

QCI NABET & NABL Accredited & Recognized by MOE&F, New Delhi.

MAR’

2022

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/S. S.K. SARAWAGI & CO. PVT. LTD. – 17.63 HA EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

1.0 INTRODUCTION

Karlam Manganese Mine of M/s S.K. Sarawagi & Co PvtLtd, was granted a quarry

lease for Manganese mine over an extent of 17.63 Ha in Sy. No. 278,279,281/1 to 8 of

Karlam Village, Chipurupalli Mandal, Vizianagaram district, Andhra Pradesh State,

for a period of 20 years, by the Industries & Commerce Department (M-III), A.P, vide

G.O. Ms. No. 166 dated 27.06.2007.

The quarry lease deed was executed on 14.08.2007 by the Assistant Director of Mines

& Geology, Vizianagaram, vide Proceedings No. 388/M/2005 dated 14.08.2007 for a

period of 20 years with effect from 14.08.2007 to 13.08.2027.

The first mining plan was approved by IBM, Hyderabad vide letter No.

AP/VZNR/MP/Mn-86 Dated 28.04.2006 for the period of 2007-2008 to 2011-2012.

Obtained Environmental Clearance vide order No. SEIAA/AP/VZM-04/2007 on

26.03.2013 for mining of 1500 TPA. Obtained Consent order vide No

9107/APPCB/ZO-VSP/VZM/CFO/2020 Dated: 03.12.2020 with validity up to

30.09.2021. Subsequently renewed vide consent Order No: 9107/APPCB/ZO-

VSP/VZM/CFO/2021; dated 05.12.2021 which in valid till 30.09.2022.

The modified mining plan for enhanced production is 40055.94 TPA was approved

for the balance period of 2020-21 to 2021-22 by IBM, Hyderabad vide letter no.

AP/VZNR/MP/Mn-86/HYD; dated 29.09.2020.

In order to fulfill the necessary requirements for obtaining the Environmental

Clearance for this mining activity, the proponent has initiated steps to carryout

required Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) study in and around the mine lease

area.

This assessment is performed to identify the Environmental Impacts based on the

findings; an effective Environmental Management Plan is in place as per the EIA

Notification 2006 general guidelines and the revised Model TOR outlined for Mining

projects.

The standards set by the Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB) and the State

Pollution Control Board (SPCB) will be met and adhered to.

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/S. S.K. SARAWAGI & CO. PVT. LTD. – 17.63 HA EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

This study covers an area surrounding the project site with a radial distance of 10 km

from the mining lease area. The baseline monitoring was carried out during the Period

of October’ 2021 to December’ 2021.

1.1 SALIENT FEATURES OF THE PROJECT SITE

The mine lease area falls under the Toposheet No. 65 N/11 bearing following details:

Topo sheetNo. : 65 N/11

Latitude : 18°17'41.84"N to 18°17'43.72"N

Longitude : 83°38'30.88"E to 83°38'30.91"E

Details about Project site

Nature of the project Karlam Manganese Mine of M/s. S.K.

Sarawagi& Co. Pvt Ltd

Mining of Manganese Ore

Extent 17.63 Ha.

Size of the Project Expansion from 1500 to 40,055.94 MTPA

LOCATION OF PROJECT

District & State Vizianagaram, & Andhra Pradesh

Village & Mandal Karlam&Chipurupalli

Land Availability 17.63 Ha.

Nearest Village Karlam Village at 0.58 Km

Ownership Government waste land

Toposheet No. 65 N/11

GENERAL CLIMATIC CONDITIONS

Annual rainfall 1031 mm

Min and max temp. 20.0 C to 45 C

Predominant wind direction SW

Latitude and Longitude 18°17'41.84"N to 18°17'43.72"N

83°38'30.88"E to 83°38'30.91"E

HISTORICAL / IMPORTANT PLACES

Nearest human settlement Karlam Village at 0.58 Km

Nearest town Chipurupalli at 7.00 Km

Nearest railway station/Airport Chipurupalli Railway Station at 7.59 km

Visakhapatnam airport at a distance of 76.47 km

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/S. S.K. SARAWAGI & CO. PVT. LTD. – 17.63 HA EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

Archaeological /Historically

Important Site

None within 10 km radius of the site

Infrastructure Facilities Hospitals, schools and community facilities are

available at Chipurupalli - 7.00 Km away from

the mine site.

Sanctuaries / National parks None within 10 km radius of the site

Nearest Water Bodies First order stream adjacent to mine due West.

Canal- 0.02km – NE

Pond- 0.84km -NW

Pond – 1.49 km – NE

Pond – 1.29 km – SE

Pedda Gedda – 3.50 km – NE

Kandlavalasa River – 4.97 km - SW

Nearest RF/PF No Reserve forest is present within 10 km radius

of the mine.

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/S. S.K. SARAWAGI & CO. PVT. LTD. – 17.63 HA EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

Topo Map (10 km radius)

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/S. S.K. SARAWAGI & CO. PVT. LTD. – 17.63 HA EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

1.2 DETAILS OF YEAR WISE PRODUCTION

Mining of Manganese ore has been in progress since 2007and the existing working pit

in the area are expression and result of it. The mining machinery that is likely to be

deployed is excavator and tippers. After excavation with excavator, the segregation

will be done manually by deploying skilled laborers. The size ore recover from the

manual segregation will be washed for further enhancement of grade. Blasting is not

required for removal of overburden and which will be removed with excavator.

No blasting is required as the overburden and ore are soft and friable in nature.

Drilling will be undertaken where ever required and if the strata is very hard if not the

mineral will be removed with excavator only.

The mineral rejects are mainly Limonite and Jasper admixed with Mn ore. The

average Mn content is less than 10 %. Over experience, the mineral rejects are

assessed not more than 0.25 % of Mn ore.

Table 2.3Year wise production for ensuing two years as per latest modified

mining plan

Year Production

(MT)

2020-21 12216.734

2021-22 40055.94

TOTAL 52272.674

AVERAGE 26,136.337

Reserves:

Mineral resources may be estimated purely based on level of exploration with

reference to the threshold value of minerals declared by IBM i.e., G1 and G2

Exploration;

The strike of ore body is NW-SE direction with steep dip of about 800

due South east.

The thickness of the ore body is not identified uniformly. The quality of Mn ore also

changes from place to place. The ore body occurs as discontinuous lensoidal bodies.

Thus the deposit has been classified as Type II of MEMC Rules 2015.

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/S. S.K. SARAWAGI & CO. PVT. LTD. – 17.63 HA EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

Further the following geological exploration by means of pitting, drilling both Core

and DTH holes and collection of samples thereof and analysis of the same formed the

basis for categorization of G1& G2 Scale of exploration and such details are as below:

a) Manganese ore is encountered in abandoned pits during core drilling.

b) Twenty six trail pits within lease across 413 m strike length at an interval of 50 m

in the ore zone were done to delinate the ore body contact and depth persistence of

the ore body. Incidentally all the trail pits have indicated Float Ore up to an

average depth of 3.0 m and 3 DTH borehole have proved persistence of the

manganese such part of the area has been placed in G2 category.

c) Fourteen drill hole were drilled along the section lines AA’ to GG’ to prove the

existence of the Manganese ore in which has been placed in G1 category.

In this Mining review period, calculated mineable reserves in cross section method are

156246 T and average production of 26136.337 TPA.

Life of the Mine = Mineable Reserves/Average Production

= 156246/26136.337

= 5.97 or Say 6 years

1.3 MINING PROCESS

The lease area is proposed for semi-mechanized mining method with 3m bench height

and 3m width and the slope angle of bench shall be maintained 45°. The stripping

ratio is calculated 1:06 depend on the location of excavation. The hauling roads with

proper gradients and benches are properly designed along the strike direction by

adopting safety concepts. The excavators shall be deployed for excavation and tippers

for transportation of ROM and waste and compressors for drilling operations.

The manganese ore is exposed as Float ore and three discontinuous lensoidal bodies

in between and quartzite bodies.

During the mining and exploration, the depth of the ore is exposed maximum upto

98.64 m RL in manganese bodies and uniformly upto (2.0 mt depth from surface) as

float ore from the surface.

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/S. S.K. SARAWAGI & CO. PVT. LTD. – 17.63 HA EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

It is proposed to work float Manganese ore and In-situ manganese ore during

remaining two years period of modification of mining period by semi mechanized

open cast method of mining.

The proposed workings will be from surface. So it is easy to exploit this manganese

float ore from the surface by slicing of 2.0 to 3.0m thickness each in a successive

manner from top bench to down wards. The mining machinery that is likely to be

deployed is excavator and tippers. After excavation with excavators, the segregation

will be done by manually by deploying skilled labors. Maximum 3 m height & 3m

width benches will be developing for feasible mining work.

1.4 EXTENT OF MECHANIZATION

The operations will involve excavation by excavators and directly loads into the

tippers/tractors. The same will be transporting to segregation/stock yard and

grade/quality wise segregation will be carried out by breaking and hand picking by

manually.

Details of Mining Machinery

Machinery No’s

Excavators (Hire) 2

Tippers (Hire) 2

Jackhammers 4

Tractor Mounted Compressor 1

Water tanker 1

1.5 MANPOWER

By this project many people will be benefited for their livelihood and get employment

in this remote area.

Employment Details

S. No Category Existing Proposed

1 Mines manager 1 --

2 Mining Engineer 1 --

3 Geologist 1 --

4 Supervisors 4 --

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/S. S.K. SARAWAGI & CO. PVT. LTD. – 17.63 HA EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

5 Excavator operator 1 --

6 Tipper drivers/skilled 2 --

7 Un Skilled labour (Segregation) 6 --

8 Un-skilled labor 71 --

Total 87 Nil

*Existing employment will be sufficient for the proposed expansion in Manganese ore

production

1.6 WATER SUPPLY

Around 19.0 KLD of water will be required for the project activity for the existing and

proposed production. Water requirement for domestic purpose will be met through

water tankers. Water is required in the mine for spraying on the roads and working

faces to suppress the dust is fulfilled by extracting water from mine pit. Also a small

quantity of drinking water is required.

1.7 BASELINE DATA

The study area covers an area of 10km radius around the existing mining site. The

study includes detailed characterization of various Environmental components such as

Air, Water, Noise, Land and Socio-Economic within the study area.

OBJECTIVES OF STUDY AREA

To assess the existing base line data of Air, Water, Noise, Land and Socio-

economic environment.

To evaluate the beneficial and adverse impacts of the proposed activity.

To prepare an Environmental Management Plan (EMP) detailing control

technologies and measures to be adopted for minimizing the impacts and

improving the Environmental Quality.

To predict the incremental levels of pollutants in the study area due to the

proposed mining expansion activity.

To prepare post mining programme for monitoring and regulating Environmental

parameters.

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/S. S.K. SARAWAGI & CO. PVT. LTD. – 17.63 HA EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

1.7.1 ENVIRONMENTAL SETTINGS:

Air Environment:

On the perusal of above summary of analysis of ambient air quality in the study are it

is evident that all monitored values in various locations are well within the specified

limits of CPCB. The results are summarized below:

PM10: The highest PM10 concentration 64.30μg/m3 was observed in the ambient air

was recorded at station Project site while the lowest PM10 concentration was found to

be 20.20 μg/m3at Geddakancharam. All the monitored values of PM10 are well below

the specified limit of 100 μg/m3.

PM2.5: The highest PM2.5 concentration 32.79 μg/m3 was observed in the ambient air

was recorded at station Project site, while the lowest PM2.5concentration was found to

be 12.08 μg/m3 at Penasam. All the monitored values of PM2.5 are well below the

specified limit of 60 μg/m3.

SO2: The highest SO2 concentration 13.60μg/m3 was observed in the ambient air was

recorded at station Project site while the lowest SO2 concentration was found to be

5.10μg/m3 at Seethubhimavaram. All the monitored values of SO2 are well below the

specified limit of 80 μg/m3.

NOx: The highest concentration 18.77μg/m3was observed in the ambient air was

recorded at station Project site while the lowest NOx concentration was found to be

6.96 μg/m3at Seethubhimavaram. All the monitored values of NOx are well below the

specified limit of 80μg/m3.

Free Silica:

Free Silica found to be <3.5 μg/m3which is Minimum Detectable Limit in all AAQ

locations as per the method of OSHA ID 0142.Permissible Exposure Limit as per

OSHA (Occupational Safety and Health Administration) is 50 μg/m3.

1.7.2 Noise Pollution:

The Leq day noise level at the mine site is 61.4 dB (A) which are within the standard

limit of Industrial area i.e. ~75 dB (A). During night the Leq night noise level is 48.4

dB (A) which is also within the night-time noise standard limit of 70.0 dB (A).

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/S. S.K. SARAWAGI & CO. PVT. LTD. – 17.63 HA EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

The noise levels in the buffer zone ranges between 42.5 – 53.5 dB (A) during daytime

and 31.5 – 48.4 dB (A) during night time which is also within the standard limit for

residential area.

1.7.3 Water Environment:

Ground water samples are collected from eight locations and surface water from four

locations. All these samples are free from colour and pollutants.

Summary of Groundwater quality:

The pH limit fixed for drinking water samples as per IS: 10500 is 6.5 to 8.5. During

the study period, the pH of the groundwater was found varying between 7.1 and

7.6. The pH values for all the samples collected in the study area during study

period were found to be within the acceptable limits.

The acceptable limit for total dissolved solids as per IS: 10500 are 500 mg/l 10500

whereas the permissible limit of the same is 2000 mg/l. In groundwater samples

collected from the study area, the total dissolved solids (TDS) were found to be

varying between 702 mg/l and 821 mg/l. The TDS of all the samples were below

the permissible limit of 2000 mg/l.

The acceptable limit for Chloride is 250 mg/l as per IS: 10500 whereas the

permissible limit of the same is 1,000 mg/l. The Chloride levels in the groundwater

samples collected in the study area were ranging from 195.6 – 245.2 mg/l, which

were within acceptable limits.

The acceptable limit as per IS: 10500 for hardness are 300 mg/l whereas the

permissible limit for the same is 600 mg/l. In the groundwater samples collected

from the study area, the hardness was found to be varying from 301 mg/l to 363

mg/l. The hardness of all the samples were below the permissible limits of 600

mg/l.

Fluoride is the other important parameter, which has the acceptable limit of 1 mg/l

and permissible limit of 1.5 mg/l. However, the optimum content of fluoride in the

drinking water is 0.6 to 1.5 mg/l. In the groundwater samples of study area, the

fluoride values were found to be within a range of 0.38 mg/l to 0.67 mg/l, which

were within acceptable limits.

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/S. S.K. SARAWAGI & CO. PVT. LTD. – 17.63 HA EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

Manganese concentration in water collected from the mine pit is analysed to be

0.82 mg/l and the other water samples manganese concentration ranges between

0.03 to 0.08 mg/l, which were within acceptable limits.

All the heavy metals in all samples were found to be below the acceptable limits.

An overview of the results obtained reveals that all the parameters were found below

the permissible limits of IS: 10500 Drinking Water Standards.

Summary of surface water:

pH of the surface water collected was neutral with pH ranging from 7.1 -7.4

TDS was found to be 396 mg/l to 476 mg/l. The tolerance limit of 1,500 mg/l as per

IS:2296

Total hardness was found to be 97 mg/l to 122 mg/l

Presence of Nitrate was recorded as 0.26 mg/l to 0.46 mg/l

DO was observed as 5.6 mg/l to 6.1 mg/l

Total coliform in water was 500 MPN/100 ml to 1600 MPN/100 ml. The likely

source of bacteriological contamination was due to the proximity to residential area

All the heavy metals were found to be within below detectable limits.

1.7.4 Land Environment:

Soil survey was carried out at 5 locations to assess the soil characteristics which

include both physical and chemical details. The obtained results indicate that the soils

in the region are good fertile enough for cultivation of crops except project site.

Land Use Pattern:

The total mining area of 17.63 Hectares is Government land and presently under

mining. The existing mine lease is plain land and surrounded by open lands.

1.7.5 FLORA & FAUNA:

No endangered species are found in the study area. No schedule – I species are found

within 10km radius from the project site.

1.7.6 SOCIO-ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT:

The operation of the proposed mining expansion activity could result in elevation of

living standards of the people in nearby villages as it will generate work for the

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/S. S.K. SARAWAGI & CO. PVT. LTD. – 17.63 HA EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

unemployed and further will result in the upliftment of their socio-economic status.

The Management of Karlam Manganese Mine of M/s S.K. Sarawagi & Co. Pvt Ltd

has proposed to give preference to local people for recruitment of personal for mining

operation. Therefore the impact on socio-economic Environment could be beneficial.

1.8 RECLAMATION & REHABILITATION

Since it is envisaged that the quarry life is about 6 years for the proposed expansion

production capacity. At the end of mine life the stored mineral waste/Overburden will

be used for backfilling the pit to a possible extent. After removal of mineral the

benches below the surface level benches will be applied top soil and develop grass

and plantation. Pit will be used as water reservoir/ponds.

1.9 PROJECT SCHEDULE AND COST ESTIMATES

The expansion project Cost is 95.00 lakhs which includes 20.0 Lakhs of existing

project cost and the EMPcapital cost Rs. 7.2 Lakhs and recurring cost as Rs 6.5 Lakhs

per annum.

1.10 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN

The Environment Management Plan envisaged for this mining activity is described

hereunder with a strong commitment to follow best environmental practices to reduce

the negative implication to make this project a sustainable development endeavor.

Environment Management Plan (EMP) is required to ensure sustainable development

in the study area of the Mine Lease Area.

Air Environment:

Mitigation measures proposed to maintain the air quality are as follows:

Regular water sprinkling to suppress the dust on haul roads, service roads and

mining face by truck mounted water tankers.

Grading of haul roads, service roads time to time, to remove the accumulated

dusty material will be done.

Development of Green belt all around Plant and along mining area boundary.

Periodical monitoring of air quality to take steps to control the pollutants.

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/S. S.K. SARAWAGI & CO. PVT. LTD. – 17.63 HA EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

Noise Environment

There will be intermittent noise levels due to vehicular movement and trucks loading

only, as blasting is not practiced in this mine. Drilling will be undertaken where ever

required and if the strata is very hard if not the mineral will be removed with

excavator only.

However the impact of noise on the surrounding area is likely to be minimal and

appropriate mitigation measures will be adopted accordingly.

Control Measures

The Management Plan for controlling noise pollution is envisaged as follows.

Selection of suitable machinery and equipment,

Proper mounting of equipment,

Providing noise insulation/padding wherever practicable and

Machinery will be fitted with properly designed noise acoustic silencers.

Proper maintenance and periodic lubrication of noise generating parts of the

machines.

Provision of thick plantation in and around the mine is planned in order to reduce

the noise and prevent it from reaching to surrounding habitation area.

Water Environment

There will not be any waste water generation except domestic waste water, therefore

no post waste water monitoring is required.

Water Pollution Management

There are no perennial streams and run-off in the core zone, garland drains and

siltation ponds are constructed and will be maintained to avoid any erosion and

contamination.

The seepage and rain water accumulated in the main pit is pumped out with the

help of electrical pumps. The water is free from any deleterious constituents. The

excess rain water and seepage water in the mine pit is being supplied used for

mining operations/water sprinkling and irrigation

Periodic testing and monitoring of water quality will be carried out. During this

ensuing scheme, the workings are planned such that the workings do not intersect

with the ground water.

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/S. S.K. SARAWAGI & CO. PVT. LTD. – 17.63 HA EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

1.11 SOCIO-ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT AND SAFETY

The company management shall give preference to local people through both direct

and indirect employment.

It will provide ample opportunity to the locals to up-lift their living standards by

organizing events that propagate mutual benefits to all, such as health camps,

awareness campaigns, donations to poorer sections of society and downtrodden.

Educational needs of the region will be improved by encouraging the workers to

allow their children to attend schools.

Sufficient funds shall be allocated for these and other emergency needs.

Adequate supply of potable water to the workers will be made during the working

hrs.

The mines department will supervise the safe working of the contractor and their

employees. The working personnel will be provided with face masks, ear plugs,

safety helmets and goggles in order to reduce health hazards.

The proponent will provide all necessary provisions stipulated under the Mines

Act. In addition a Safety committee will be formed and manned by equal

participants from Management and Workers. Personnel Protection Equipment

(PPE) will be issued to each worker. Other safety equipments shall be used

according to the nature of job involved.

1.12 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING

Regular monitoring of various Environmental parameters shall be carried out to

ascertain the following points,

Status of air, noise, water, land pollution within the mining activity and in its

vicinity;

Generate data for predictive or corrective purpose in respect of environmental;

and

To assess and monitor Environmental impacts periodically.

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/S. S.K. SARAWAGI & CO. PVT. LTD. – 17.63 HA EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

1.13 SAFETY AND ENVIRONMENT

The management firmly believes in the concept of safety and environmentally

sustainable growth. The authorities and staff are very much concern in

Environmental issues.

The management is going to develop scientifically designed green belt around the

premises to mitigate air and noise pollution impacts on the surroundings.

The management proposed to monitor ambient air as per APPCB guidelines.

All the employees will be provided with personnel protective equipment

The management will provide safety training to all employees periodically and

regularly.

1.14 CONCLUSION

The management of Karlam Manganese Mine of M/s. S.K. Sarawagi & Co. Pvt. Ltd.

is committed to meet all stringent norms and to safe guard environment.

CHAPTER – I

INTRODUCTION

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/s. S.K. SARAWAGI & CO PVT LTD – 17.63 Ha.

DRAFT EIA REPORT

CHAPTER-I

INTRODUCTION

1-1

1.0 INTRODUCTION

Manganese occurs as silvery grey in colour and is very hard in nature. It is always

available in combination with iron, laterite and other minerals. Manganese in alloy

form is an essential input in steel making and is one of the most important metals in

an industrial economy. Manganese ores of major commercial importance are: (i)

pyrolusite (MnO2, Mn about 63.2%); (ii) psilomelane (manganese oxide, containing

water and varying amounts of oxides of Ba, K and Na as impurities; Mn

commonly45-60%); (iii) manganite (Mn2O3. H2O, Mn about 62.4%); and (iv) braunite

(3Mn2O3, MnSiO3, Mnabout 62% and SiO2 about 10%). Indian manganese ore

deposits occur mainly as metamorphosed bedded sedimentary deposits associated

with Gondite Series (Archaeans) of Madhya Pradesh (Balaghat, Chhindwara &

Jhabua districts), Maharashtra (Bhandara & Nagpur districts), Gujarat (Panchmahal

district), Odisha (Sundergarh district) and with Kodurite Series (Archaeans) of Odisha

(Ganjam & Koraput districts) and Andhra Pradesh (Srikakulam, Vizianagaram &

Visakhapatnam districts).

The different grades of ores produced during mining will be sold from this mine. The

mineralogical constituents of this mine are mainly Psilomelene and rarely Manganese

Dioxide. There is lot of variation in chemical composition. The silica percentage

varies from 8 % to 32 %. The total Fe percentage varies from 6% to 23%. The MnO

varies from 19 % to 34 %. Depending on the chemical composition the Maganese is

used in Ferroalloy, steel, dry batteries and Glass industries.

1.1 PURPOSE OF THE REPORT

Karlam Manganese Mine of M/s S.K. Sarawagi & Co. Pvt. Ltd. located at Survey

No:278, 279, 281/1 to 8, Karlam (V), Chipurupalli (M), Vizianagaram Dist., Andhra

Pradesh over an area of 17.63 Ha. The proponent proposes to expand the production

from 1500 TPA to 40055.94TPA of Manganese ore.

The Proponent proposes to obtain Expansion of Environmental Clearance for the

above mine from SEIAA, AP. The project is categorized as Category –B2 project as

per Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) Notification S.O 1533, of 14-09-2006.

The project comes under expansion, enhancing the production capacity of Manganese

from 1500 TPA to 40055.94 TPA; hence it necessitates obtaining the Environmental

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/s. S.K. SARAWAGI & CO PVT LTD – 17.63 Ha.

DRAFT EIA REPORT

CHAPTER-I

INTRODUCTION

1-2

Clearance from Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change (MoEF & CC)

under B1 category for Karlam Manganese mine of M/s S.K. Sarawagi & Co. Pvt. Ltd.

over an extent of 17.63 Ha.

The present proposal is enhancing the production capacity comes under expansion as

per EIA notification, 2006 the project falls under category B1 and attracts Public

Hearing and it necessitates obtaining the Environmental Clearance from State

Environmental Impact Assessment Authority (SEIAA).

The Environmental Impact Assessment report has been prepared in terms of EIA

notification of the MoEF dated 14-9-2006, as amended on 1st Dec 2009, 4

th April

2011and the EIA Guideline Manual for Mining of Minerals (Feb, 2010) of MoEF,

Govt. of India, for seeking Environmental Clearance for mining in the name of

Karlam Manganese Mine of M/s S.K. Sarawagi & Co. Pvt. Ltd. measuring 17.63Ha

falling under category “B1”. Baseline survey of existing environmental attributes are

also conducted which helped in evaluating environmental impacts due to the proposed

expansion activities and in formulating a scientific Environmental Management Plan.

Presentation of TOR has been made before the SEAC, Andhra Pradesh committee and

the TOR has been issued vide order no: SEIAA AP VZM 04 2007 Dt: 23.03.2021

attached as Annexure -I.

As per the TOR baseline data has been prepared for one season i.e., non-monsoon

season. The study area comprises of the core zone (lease area) and the buffer zone.

1.2 DETAILS OF THE PROJECT & IDENTIFICATION OF

PROJECT PROPONENT

Karlam Manganese Mine of M/s S.K. Sarawagi & Co. Pvt Ltd, is the applicant for

this mining project.

Table: 1.1 Description of Project Proponent

Address of the lessee Karlam Manganese Mine of

M/s S.K. Sarawagi & Co. Pvt Ltd.

Asok Konda (Nominated Owner)

Dr. No. 10-1-31,

Signature Towers, Level 4

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/s. S.K. SARAWAGI & CO PVT LTD – 17.63 Ha.

DRAFT EIA REPORT

CHAPTER-I

INTRODUCTION

1-3

Waltair Uplands

Visakhapatnam – 530003

Address of Mine Karlam Manganese Mine of

M/s S.K. Sarawagi & Co. Pvt Ltd.

Sy. No: 278, 279, 281/1 to 8,

Karlam Village, Chipurupalli Mandal,

Vizianagaram District

1.3 BACKGROUND INFORMATION OF THE PROJECT

Karlam Manganese Mine of M/s S.K. Sarawagi & Co Pvt Ltd, was granted a quarry

lease for Manganese mine over an extent of 17.63 Ha in Sy. No. 278,279,281/1 to 8 of

Karlam Village, Chipurupalli Mandal, Vizianagaram district, Andhra Pradesh State,

for a period of 20 years, by the Industries & Commerce Department (M-III), A.P, vide

G.O. Ms. No. 166 dated 27.06.2007.

The quarry lease deed was executed on 14.08.2007 by the Assistant Director of Mines

& Geology, Vizianagaram, vide Proceedings No. 388/M/2005 dated 14.08.2007 for a

period of 20 years with effect from 14.08.2007 to 13.08.2027.

The first mining plan was approved by IBM, Hyderabad vide letter No.

AP/VZNR/MP/Mn-86/Hyd Dated 28.04.2006 for the period of 2007-2008 to 2011-

2012.

Obtained Environmental Clearance vide order No. SEIAA/AP/VZM-04/2007 on

26.03.2013 for mining of 1500 TPA. Obtained Consent order vide No

9107/APPCB/ZO-VSP/VZM/CFO/2020 Dated: 03.12.2020 with validity up to

30.09.2021. Subsequently renewed vide consent Order No: 9107/APPCB/ZO-

VSP/VZM/CFO/2021; dated 05.12.2021 which in valid till 30.09.2022.

The modified mining plan for enhanced production is 40055.94 TPA was approved

for the balance period of 2020-21 to 2021-22 by IBM, Hyderabad vide letter no.

AP/VZNR/MP/Mn-86/HYD; dated 29.09.2020.

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/s. S.K. SARAWAGI & CO PVT LTD – 17.63 Ha.

DRAFT EIA REPORT

CHAPTER-I

INTRODUCTION

1-4

In order to fulfil the necessary requirements for obtaining the Environmental

Clearance for this mining activity, the proponent has initiated steps to carryout

required Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) study in and around the mine lease

area.

This assessment is performed to identify the Environmental Impacts based on the

findings; an effective Environmental Management Plan is in place as per the EIA

Notification 2006 general guidelines and the revised Model TOR outlined for Mining

projects.

The standards set by the Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB) and the State

Pollution Control Board (SPCB) will be met and adhered to.

This study covers an area surrounding the project site with a radial distance of 10 km

from the mining lease area. The baseline monitoring was carried out during the Period

of October 2021 to December 2021.

1.4 BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT

As per the approved modified mining plan (Lr. No: AP/VZNR/MP/Mn-86/HYD,

dated 29.09.2020), Karlam Manganese Mine of M/s S.K. Sarawagi & Co Pvt Ltd, had

a mining lease for Manganese over an extent of 17.63Ha in Sy. No: 278, 279, 281/1 to

8 of Karlam Village, Chipurupalli Mandal, Vizianagaram District, Andhra Pradesh.

The proposed project is for expansion in the production of Manganese ore from 1500

to 40055.94TPA during modified mining plan period and the mining is carried out by

open cast method using excavator for excavation.

1.5 PROJECT NATURE, SIZE &LOCATION

A. Nature

The project is mining of Manganese orein the lease area of 17.63Ha is Government

land. The method of mining is open cast method by mechanized for the production of

40055.94TPA of Manganese ore.

B. Size

The production expansion is proposed in the mine from 1500 MTPA to 40055.94

TPA of Manganese ore and the estimated project cost is 95.0 Lakhs.

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/s. S.K. SARAWAGI & CO PVT LTD – 17.63 Ha.

DRAFT EIA REPORT

CHAPTER-I

INTRODUCTION

1-5

C. Location

The mining area is located in Sy. No. 278, 279, 281/1 to 8 of Karlam Village,

Chipurupalli Mandal, Vizianagaram District of Andhra Pradesh. The location map is

depicted in the Fig.1.1. The area is located at a distance of 32.87 km from the district

headquarters Vizianagaram.

The mine lease area falls under the Toposheet No. 65 N/11 bearing Toposheet details.

Topo sheet No. : 65 N/11

Latitude : 18°17'41.84"N to 18°17'43.72"N

Longitude : 83°38'30.88"E to 83°38'30.91"E

The nearest railway station is Chipurupalli Railway Station is at 7.59 km from the

mine lease area. The nearest airport is Visakhapatnam airport at 76.47 km from the

mining site.

D. Accessibility

Road link

National Highway NH - 137 is present at a distance of 1.14 km from the ML area in

South West direction.

Rail link

The nearest railway station is Chipurupalli Railway station at a distance of 7.59 km

from the mine lease area.

Air link

The nearest airport is Visakhapatnam airport at a distance of 76.47kms from mine.

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/s. S.K. SARAWAGI & CO PVT LTD – 17.63 Ha.

DRAFT EIA REPORT

CHAPTER-I

INTRODUCTION

1-6

Fig 1.1. Location of the Karlam Manganese Mine

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/s. S.K. SARAWAGI & CO PVT LTD – 17.63 Ha.

DRAFT EIA REPORT

CHAPTER-I

INTRODUCTION

1-7

1.6 REGULATORY COMPLIANCES & APPLICABLE LAWS/REGULATIONS

a) The modified mining plan was approved by IBM, Hyderabad Regional office

vide letter no. AP/VZNR/MP/Mn-86/Hyd, dated 29.09.2020.

b) Director General Mine Safety.

c) To obtain Environmental clearance for production expansion from SEIAA, AP.

d) NOC from Pollution control board for establishment and operation for the

proposed production capacity of 40,055.94 MTPA.

e) Labour license.

1.7 ENVIRONMENTAL PARAMETERS IN THE STUDY AREA

Collection of Base line data is an Integral aspect of the preparation of Environmental

Impact Assessment report. Base line data reflects the present status of Environment

before the initiation of expansion activity of the mining project. The possible effects

due to the mine project are estimated and superimposed on the compiled baseline data

subsequently to asses Environmental impacts.

Pre Project Environment assessment was conducted in the study area during October

2021 to December 2021. Studies were under taken to generate base line data of the

following:-

1. MICRO-METEOROLOGICAL DATA.

2. AIR QUALITY – EXISTING AMBIENT AIR QUALITY

3. WATER ANALYSIS - GROUND WATER& SURFACE WATER

4. NOISE

5. GEOLOGY

6. HYDROGEOLOGY

7. BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT

8. LAND ENVIRONMENT

9. LAND USE / LAND COVER

10. SOIL QUALITY

11. SOCIO – ECONOMIC STATUS SURROUNDING THE PROJECT SITE

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/s. S.K. SARAWAGI & CO PVT LTD – 17.63 Ha.

DRAFT EIA REPORT

CHAPTER-I

INTRODUCTION

1-8

1.8 GENERIC STRUCTURE OF EIA DOCUMENT

In terms of the EIA notification of the MoEF&CC dated 14th

September 2006 as

amended in Dec 2009 and as per specific ToRs the generic structure of the EIA

document should be as under:

1. Introduction

2. Project Description

3. Description of the Environment

4. Anticipated Environmental Impact & Mitigation Measures

5. Analysis of Alternatives (Technology and site)

6. Environmental Monitoring Programme

7. Additional Studies

8. Project Benefits

9. Environmental Management Plan

10. Summary & Conclusion

11. Disclosure of Consultants engaged

1.9 POST ENVIRONMENT CLEARANCE MONITORING:

The project management is submitting half yearly compliance report in respect of

stipulated prior Environmental Clearance terms and conditions on 1st June and 1

st

December of each calendar year.

CHAPTER – II

PROJECT DESCRIPTION

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/s S.K. SARAWAGI & CO PVT LTD – 17.63 Ha.

DRAFT EIA REPORT

CHAPTER-II

PROJECT DESCRIPTION

2 - 1

2.0 GENERAL

The Environmental Impact Assessment has been prepared in terms of EIA notification

of MoEF&CC dated 14-9-2006, as amended on 1st

Dec 2009, 4th

April 2011and the

EIA Guideline Manual for Mining of Minerals (Feb, 2010) of MoEF, Govt. of India,

approved ToR’s for seeking expansion environmental clearance for Karlam

Manganese mine of S.K. Sarawagi & Co Pvt Ltd over an extent of 17.63 Ha., falling

under category “B”.

2.1 DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT

Karlam Manganese Mine of M/s S.K. Sarawagi & Co Pvt Ltd, was granted a quarry

lease for Manganese mine over an extent of 17.63 Ha in Sy. No. 278,279,281/1 to 8 of

Karlam Village, Chipurupalli Mandal, Vizianagaram district, Andhra Pradesh State,

for a period of 20 years, by the Industries & Commerce Department (M-III), A.P, vide

G.O. Ms. No. 166 dated 27.06.2007.

The quarry lease deed was executed on 14.08.2007 by the Assistant Director of Mines

& Geology, Vizianagaram, vide Proceedings No. 388/M/2005 dated 14.08.2007 for a

period of 20 years with effect from 14.08.2007 to 13.08.2027.

The first mining plan was approved by IBM, Hyderabad vide letter No.

AP/VZNR/MP/Mn-86 Dated 28.04.2006 for the period of 2007-2008 to 2011-2012.

Obtained Environmental Clearance vide order No. SEIAA/AP/VZM-04/2007 on

26.03.2013 for mining with 1500 TPA capacity. Obtained Consent order vide No

9107/APPCB/ZO-VSP/VZM/CFO/2020 Dated: 03.12.2020 with validity upto

30.09.2021. Subsequently renewed vide consent Order No: 9107/APPCB/ZO-

VSP/VZM/CFO/2021; dated 05.12.2021 which in valid till 30.09.2022.

The modified mining plan for enhanced production is 40055.94 TPA was approved

for the balance period of 2020-21 to 2021-22 by IBM, Hyderabad vide letter no.

AP/VZNR/MP/Mn-86/HYD; dated 29.09.2020.

2.2 LOCATION DETAILS

The mining area is located in Karlam Village, Chipurupalli Mandal, Vizianagaram

District, Andhra Pradesh. The area is located at a distance of 32.87 km from the

district headquarters of Vizianagaram.

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/s S.K. SARAWAGI & CO PVT LTD – 17.63 Ha.

DRAFT EIA REPORT

CHAPTER-II

PROJECT DESCRIPTION

2 - 2

The nearest railway station is Chipurupalli Railway Station is at 7.59 km from the

mine lease area. The nearest airport is Visakhapatnam airport at 76.47 km from the

mining site.

2.2.1 Details about Project Site

Table: 2.1 Details about the Project Site

Nature of the project Karlam Manganese Mine of M/s. S.K. Sarawagi

& Co. Pvt Ltd

Mining of Manganese Ore

Extent 17.63 Ha.

Size of the Project Production Expansion from 1500 to

40,055.94MTPA

LOCATION OF PROJECT

District & State Vizianagaram, & Andhra Pradesh

Village & Mandal Karlam & Chipurupalli

Land Availability 17.63 Ha.

Nearest Village Karlam Village at 0.58 Km

Ownership Government waste land

Toposheet No. 65 N/11

GENERAL CLIMATIC CONDITIONS

Annual rainfall 1031 mm

Min and max temp. 20.0 C to 45 C

Predominant wind direction SW

Latitude and Longitude 18°17'41.84"N to 18°17'43.72"N

83°38'30.88"E to 83°38'30.91"E

HISTORICAL / IMPORTANT PLACES

Nearest human settlement Karlam Village at 0.58 Km

Nearest town Chipurupalli at 7.00 Km

Nearest railway station/Airport Chipurupalli Railway Station at 7.59 km

Visakhapatnam airport at a distance of 76.47 km

Archaeological /Historically

Important Site

None within 10 km radius of the site

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/s S.K. SARAWAGI & CO PVT LTD – 17.63 Ha.

DRAFT EIA REPORT

CHAPTER-II

PROJECT DESCRIPTION

2 - 3

Infrastructure Facilities Hospitals, schools and community facilities are

available at Chipurupalli - 7.00 Km away from

the mine site.

Sanctuaries / National parks None within 10 km radius of the site

Nearest Water Bodies First order stream adjacent to mine due West.

Canal- 0.02km – NE

Pond- 0.84km -NW

Pond – 1.49 km – NE

Pond – 1.29 km – SE

Pedda Gedda – 3.50 km – NE

Kandlavalasa River – 4.97 km - SW

Nearest RF/PF No Reserve forest is present within 10 km radius

of the mine.

Boundary Coordinates

S. No. Latitude Longitude

P1 18°17'41.84"N 83°38'30.88"E

P2 18°17'40.02"N 83°38'33.17"E

P3 18°17'36.85"N 83°38'31.69"E

P4 18°17'35.56"N 83°38'31.09"E

P5 18°17'35.98"N 83°38'28.95"E

P6 18°17'35.14"N 83°38'28.64"E

P7 18°17'32.82"N 83°38'29.14"E

P8 18°17'33.40"N 83°38'27.66"E

P9 18°17'32.98"N 83°38'27.51"E

P10 18°17'34.40"N 83°38'25.70"E

P11 18°17'35.67"N 83°38'25.58"E

P12 18°17'37.08"N 83°38'21.93"E

P13 18°17'38.26"N 83°38'21.67"E

P14 18°17'41.92"N 83°38'19.89"E

P15 18°17'41.99"N 83°38'20.13"E

P16 18°17'43.32"N 83°38'19.84"E

P17 18°17'44.20"N 83°38'17.51"E

P18 18°17'46.14"N 83°38'18.15"E

P19 18°17'48.09"N 83°38'18.35"E

P20 18°17'48.06"N 83°38'20.19"E

P21 18°17'49.75"N 83°38'20.89"E

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/s S.K. SARAWAGI & CO PVT LTD – 17.63 Ha.

DRAFT EIA REPORT

CHAPTER-II

PROJECT DESCRIPTION

2 - 4

P22 18°17'50.56"N 83°38'20.70"E

P23 18°17'51.70"N 83°38'20.38"E

P24 18°17'51.70"N 83°38'20.89"E

P25 18°17'51.39"N 83°38'21.60"E

P26 18°17'52.92"N 83°38'21.96"E

P27 18°17'51.64"N 83°38'25.28"E

P28 18°17'52.44"N 83°38'30.84"E

P29 18°17'48.95"N 83°38'31.16"E

P30 18°17'47.93"N 83°38'32.03"E

P31 18°17'46.90"N 83°38'31.60"E

P32 18°17'43.72"N 83°38'30.91"E

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/s S.K. SARAWAGI & CO PVT LTD – 17.63 Ha.

DRAFT EIA REPORT

CHAPTER-II

PROJECT DESCRIPTION

2 - 5

Fig. 2.1 Google map (10 km radius)

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/s S.K. SARAWAGI & CO PVT LTD – 17.63 Ha.

DRAFT EIA REPORT

CHAPTER-II

PROJECT DESCRIPTION

2 - 6

Fig. 2.2 Topomap of 10 km radius

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/s S.K. SARAWAGI & CO PVT LTD – 17.63 Ha.

DRAFT EIA REPORT

CHAPTER-II

PROJECT DESCRIPTION

2 - 7

2.3 GEOLOGY AND EXPLORATION:

2.3.1 Physiographic:

A gently undulating plain, standing at about 100 m above MSL is the physiographic

characteristic of the study area. Due to little operations of mine, the lease area is not

covered much with ramps. The area is elevated towards North and northwest, sloping

towards East. The elevation on northern side is 102m, eastern side is 98m, southern side

is 104m and on western side is 103m. The pits mined are up to 101m RL.

Mine Drainage:

The area is sloping towards North East, hence the rain water flows towards North east.

The seepage water as well as rain water accumulated in the mine pit is used for mining

operations/water sprinkling and irrigation. There is no major drainage pattern in this area.

2.3.2 Regional Geology:

The region of the mine belongs to Eastern Ghats and the major formations of this region

are Khondalites consisting of Quartzites, Garnetiferous Gneisses and Granulites. During

the Archeans, along the eastern margin of Dhawar Craton, intense deformation and high

grade granulite facies, metamorphism of a pile of volcano-sedimentary rocks and sub-

volcanic intrusive formed in long, linear, rift-related basin resulted in the development of

a typical suite of rocks comprising Khondalite, Calc-granulite and Charnockite

represented by Eastern Ghats. The rock units exposed in this area are Khondalite with

Quartzite and Manganese ore belongs to Archean Group.

2.3.3 Local Geology:

Most of the mining Lease area is formed by Khondalite & Quartzite and veins of

Manganese. The major Manganese vein is formed in the strike direction of NW-SE with

steep dip of 70o towards South. The country rock of Khondalite is formed as a foot wall

on the Southern side and the Quartzite mixed with Khondalite is exposed as hanging wall

on Northern side of the main vein. Due to softness of Khondalite, it is eroded and formed

as plane land with soil cover on Southern side and the Quartzite is remained as elevated

surface on the Northern side due to its resistance of weathering. The Manganese ore is

probably confirmed to the zone of weathering in Khondalite. The Manganese is available

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/s S.K. SARAWAGI & CO PVT LTD – 17.63 Ha.

DRAFT EIA REPORT

CHAPTER-II

PROJECT DESCRIPTION

2 - 8

as lensoidal bodies with alternative bends of Khondalite and Quartzites bands. The

average width of the manganese ore zone varies from 15 m to 30m. Based upon the

exposures of host rock of manganese on ultimate pit limit are has been demarcated

around the mineralised zone. The ore lenses essentially follow the foliation of the host

Khondalite i.e., with NNW-SSE strike and steep dips towards ENE. Most of the deposit

are striking NE-SW with a dip angle of 80° towards Southeast. There are three

mineralized zone found the lease area.

Manganese:

The manganese ore in this area has Mn 10 to 25%, SiO2 15 to 22% and Fe 7 to 16%. The

raw manganese is fine to medium grained dark brown to black colour and it is known as

Pyrolusite.

Khondalite:

It is fine grained, thick bedded, soft in nature and shows in light brown.

Quartzite:

Massive, crystalline, very hard and shows in brown colour.

2.4 METHOD OF MINING:

Open cast Mining:

The lease area is proposed for semi-mechanized mining method with 3m bench height

and 3m width and the slope angle of bench shall be maintained 45°. The stripping ratio is

calculated 1:06 depend on the location of excavation. The hauling roads with proper

gradients and benches are properly designed along the strike direction by adopting safety

concepts. The excavators shall be deployed for excavation and tippers for transportation

of ROM and waste and compressors for drilling operations.

The manganese ore is exposed as Float ore and three discontinuous lensoidal bodies in

between and quartzite bodies. During the mining and exploration, the depth of the ore is

exposed maximum upto 98.64 m RL in manganese bodies and uniformly upto (2.0 mt

depth from surface) as float ore from the surface.

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/s S.K. SARAWAGI & CO PVT LTD – 17.63 Ha.

DRAFT EIA REPORT

CHAPTER-II

PROJECT DESCRIPTION

2 - 9

It is proposed to work float Manganese ore and In-situ manganese ore during remaining

two years period of modification of mining period by semi mechanized open cast method

of mining.

The proposed workings will be from surface. So it is easy to exploit this manganese float

ore from the surface by slicing of 2.0 to 3.0m thickness each in a successive manner from

top bench to down wards. The mining machinery that is likely to be deployed is

excavator and tippers. After excavation with excavators, the segregation will be done by

manually by deploying skilled labors. Maximum 3 m height & 3m width benches will be

developing for feasible mining work.

Brief description of previous workings:

Four pits are present in the lease area worked out upto 3.5 – 9.5 m depth. The existing

pits have dimensions of (1) 158 m (North to South) X 60 m (East to West) X 9.5 m (2)

217 m (North to South) X 61 m (East to West) X 8.5 m; (3) 64 m (North to South) X 28

m (East to West) X 3.5 m and (4) 33 m (North to South) X 40 m ( East to West) X 6m.

The top RLs of the pit is 108 to 102 m RL and bottom RL is 98.64 m RL. Each bench is 3

m depth and 3.0 m width. The overall pit slope is maintained at 450 slope angle. The mine

has obtained Environmental Clearance for 1500 tons per annum vide Lt. No.

SEIAA/AP/VZM-04/2007 Dated: 26.03.2013.

2.5 EARLIER PRODUCTION DISPATCHES

Assistant Director of Mines and Geology, Vizianagaram has issued production and

dispatches obtained from this mine vide Letter No. 388/M/2005; dated 26.10.2020. The

details are shown in the following table.

Table 2.2 Year wise production during earlier mine workings

Financial

Year

Production

(MT)

Dispatches

(MT)

2007-08 102 0

2008-09 400 500

2009-10 250 250

2010-11 100 100

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/s S.K. SARAWAGI & CO PVT LTD – 17.63 Ha.

DRAFT EIA REPORT

CHAPTER-II

PROJECT DESCRIPTION

2 - 10

2011-12 100 100

2012-13 0 0

2013-14 0 0

2014-15 0 0

2015-16 0 0

2016-17 0 0

2017-18 0 0

2018-19 0 0

2019-20 0 0

2.6 MINERAL RESERVES/RESOURCES:

Mineral resources may be estimated purely based on level of exploration with reference

to the threshold value of minerals declared by IBM i.e., G1 and G2 Exploration;

The strike of ore body is NW-SE direction with steep dip of about 800due South east. The

thickness of the ore body is not identified uniformly. The quality of Mn ore also changes

from place to place. The ore body occurs as discontinuous lensoidal bodies. Thus the

deposit has been classified as Type II of MEMC Rules 2015.

Further the following geological exploration by means of pitting, drilling both Core and

DTH holes and collection of samples thereof and analysis of the same formed the basis

for categorization of G1& G2 Scale of exploration and such details are as below:

a) Manganese ore is encountered in abandoned pits during core drilling.

b) Twenty six trail pits within lease across 413 m strike length at an interval of 50 m in the ore

zone were done to delinate the ore body contact and depth persistence of the ore body.

Incidentally all the trail pits have indicated Float Ore up to an average depth of 3.0 m and 3

DTH borehole have proved persistence of the manganese such part of the area has been

placed in G2 category.

c) Fourteen drill hole were drilled along the section lines AA’ to GG’ to prove the existence of

the Manganese ore in which has been placed in G1 category.

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/s S.K. SARAWAGI & CO PVT LTD – 17.63 Ha.

DRAFT EIA REPORT

CHAPTER-II

PROJECT DESCRIPTION

2 - 11

Parameters Norm

Cut off Grade 20% Mn

Threshold

value

10% Mn

Influence (m) No cutter influence of core drills is considered & internal influence of

different drill difference is considered.

Area (sq.m.) Area calculated from the sections where the ore body has been marked.

Depth (m) up to minimum of 88.6 m RL, the depth of Mn ore body in the core drill

is considered as the depth of the ore body.

Bulk density 2.6 MT/m3

Recovery

factor

Insitu Manganese Ore Zone – 60.3% Manganese Ore recovery with Mn

content +20% and 12% Manganese Ore recovery with Mn content 10%

to 20%.

Float Manganese Ore Zone- 32% of Manganese Ore recovery having

Mn content 19% to 27%

Proved Mineable Reserves: 111 (Float Ore)

Section

Considered

Cross

sectional

area

(m2)

Length

of

influence

(m)

Volume of

float ore

zone (m3)

Total

recoverable

ore in m3

(30%)

Bulk

density

Total

quantity

of ore in

tons

Average

grade

Remarks

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

AA’ 21.426

2

33 707.0646 226.2607 2.6 588.2777 20.42 G1

BB’ 4.25 68 289 92.48 2.6 240.448 15.56 G1

FF’ 63.995

4

49 3135.775 1003.448 2.6 2608.964 20.50 G1

Total 4131.8 1322.2 3437.69 18.82

Proved Mineable Reserves: 111 (In-situ Ore)

Section

Considered

Cross

sectional

area of

manganese

ore zone

(m2)

Length

of

influence

(m)

Volume of

manganes

e ore zone

(m3)

Total recoverable in-

situ ore in m3

Bulk

density

Total quantity of ore in

tons

Average

grade

Remar

ks

(60.3%)

(+20%)

(10%)

(-20%)

(+20%) (10-20%)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

AA’ 178.58 29 5178.82 3122.8285 621.458 2.6 8119.354 1615.7918 20.42 G1

BB’ 140.52 19 2669.88 1609.9376 320.386 2.6 4185.8378 833.00256 15.56 G1

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/s S.K. SARAWAGI & CO PVT LTD – 17.63 Ha.

DRAFT EIA REPORT

CHAPTER-II

PROJECT DESCRIPTION

2 - 12

6

CC’ 52.46 12 629.52 379.60056 75.5424 2.6 986.96145 196.41024 18.11

FF’ 344..69 39 13442.9 8106.0687 1613.15 2.6 21075.779 4194.1848 20.50 G1

Total 21921 13218.435 2630.53 34367.932 6839.3894 18.64

Probable Mineable Reserves: 122 (Float Ore)

Section

Considered

Cross

sectional

area

(m2)

Length of

influence

(m)

Volume

of float

ore zone

(m3)

Total

recoverable

ore in m3

(30%)

Bulk

density

Total

quantity

of ore in

tons

Average

grade

Remarks

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

AA’ 126.0413 33 4159.363 1330.996 2.6 3460.59 20.42 G1

BB’ 152.9543 68 10400.89 3328.286 2.6 8653.542 15.56 G1

CC’ 154.6154 88 13606.16 4353.97 2.6 11320.32 18.11 G1

DD’ 188.6042 75 14145.32 4526.501 2.6 11768.9 21.61 G1

EE’ 143.4447 58 8319.793 2662.334 2.6 6922.067 20.23 G1

FF’ 13.2701 49 650.2349 208.0752 2.6 540.9954 20.50 G1

GG’ 250.7588 49 12287.18 3931.89 2.6 10222.93 20.31 G1

Total 63569 1322.2 52889 19.53

Blocked-up Resources: 221 (In-situ Ore) (Blocked up below water table)

Section

Considered

Cross

sectional

area of

manganes

e ore zone

(m2)

Length

of

influence

(m)

Volume of

manganes

e ore zone

(m3)

Total recoverable

in-situ ore in m3

Bulk

density

Total quantity of ore

in tons

Average

grade

Remarks

(60.3%)

(+20%)

(10%)

(-20%)

(+20%) (10-

20%)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

AA’ 111.42 29 3231.18 1948.4015 233.80819 2.6 5065.844 1008.1282 20.42 G1

BB’ 246.61 19 4685.59 2825.4108 339.04929 2.6 7346.068 1461.9041 15.56 G1

CC’ 100 12 1200 723.6 144 2.6 1881.36 374.4 18.11

FF’ 25.31 39 987.09 595.2153 118.4508 2.6 1547.56 307.9721 20.50 G1

Total 8903.86 6092.628 835.3083 15840.83 3152.404 18.64

Blocked-up Resources: 222 (In-situ Ore) (Blocked up below water table)

Section

Considered

Cross

sectional

area of

manganes

e ore zone

(m2)

Length

of

influence

(m)

Volume of

manganes

e ore zone

(m3)

Total recoverable

in-situ ore in m3

Bulk

density

Total quantity of ore

in tons

Average

grade

Remarks

(60.3%)

(+20%)

(10%)

(-20%)

(+20%) (10-

20%)

DD’ 84.42 29 2448.18 1476.253 293.7816 2.6 3838.257 763.8322 21.16 G2

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/s S.K. SARAWAGI & CO PVT LTD – 17.63 Ha.

DRAFT EIA REPORT

CHAPTER-II

PROJECT DESCRIPTION

2 - 13

EE’ 34.42 19 653.98 394.3499 78.4776 2.6 1025.31 204.04 20.32 G2

FF’ 204 39 7956 4797.468 954.72 2.6 12473.42 2482.272 20.50 G2

Total 11058.16 6668.07 835.3083 17336.98 3450.146 20.78

Details of the Reserves as per UNFC codification

Classification Code Quantity (T) Total (T) Grade

Manganese

Float ore In-situ ore

A.Mineral Reserve +20% 10-20%

(1) Proved Mineable

Reserve 111 3437.69 34367.932 6839.3894 44645.011 18.72

(2) Probable Mineable

reserve 122 52889 -- -- 52889 19.53

Sub total 97534.011

B. Remaining

Resources

(1) Feasibility mineral

Resource 221 15840.83 3152.404 37924.8335 18.82

(2) Pre-Feasibility

mineral Resources 222 17336.98 3450.146 20787.13 20.78

Sub total 58711.96

GRAND TOTAL 156246

In this modified Mining period, calculated mineable reserves in cross section method are

156246T and average production of 26136.337 TPA.

Life of the Mine = Mineable Reserves/Average Production

= 156246/26136.337

= 5.97or Say 6 years

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/s S.K. SARAWAGI & CO PVT LTD – 17.63 Ha.

DRAFT EIA REPORT

CHAPTER-II

PROJECT DESCRIPTION

2 - 14

Table 2.3 Reserves Estimation By Cross Sectional Method

Yea

r

Pit

no

MRLs

Sec

tio

n

con

sid

ered

Cro

ss s

ecti

on

al

are

a (

m2

)

Len

gth

of

Infl

uen

ce

Tota

l volu

me

(m3)

Waste (m3)

Manganese ore (m3)

Bu

lk d

ensi

ty

Total Manganese ore

in Tons

Tot

al

Gra

de

FO LO FO IO FO IO FW LW FO I.O FO I.O

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

11 =

68%

of

col.

9

12=

27

.7%

of

col.

10

13=

(C

ol.

9

x 0

.32)

14=

(60

.3%

of

Co

l.10

)

15

= (

12%

of

Co

l.10

) 16 17

(+

20%) Mn

18

(+

20%) Mn

19

(-

20%) Mn

20 21

20

20

-21

P-1 T.R.L. 100.03

B.R.L.

97.8

AA’ 42 19.43 33 29 1386 563.47 942.48

225.388

443.52 339.77241

67.6164

2.6 1153.15

883.4

0826

6

175.80264

122

16.734

20.42

P-2 T.R.L.

101.96

B.R.L.

97.8

BB’ 18.97 1 68 19 1289.

96

19 877.1

7

5.263 412.78

72

11.457 2.28 3.6 1073.

2467

41.24

52

8.208 15.56

P-2 T.R.L.

107.92

B.R.L.

94.65

CC’ 85.7 -- 88 12 7541.

6

-- 5128.

29

-- 2413.3

1

-- -- 2.6 6274.

61

-- -- 18.115

P-2 T.R.L.

107.00

B.R.L.

105.03

DD’ 42 -- 75 -- 3150 -- 2142 -- 1008 -- -- 2.6 2620.

8

-- -- 21.61

20

21

-22

P-1 T.R.L.

97.8

B.R.L.

93.15

AA’ -- 64.11 33 29 -- 1859.19 -- 514.99

563

-- 1121.091

57

223.1

028

2.6 -- 2914.

838082

580.0

6728

20.42

P-2 T.R.L. BB’ -- 48.97 68 19 -- 930.43 -- 257.72 -- 561.0492 111.6 2.6 -- 1458. 290.2 15.56

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/s S.K. SARAWAGI & CO PVT LTD – 17.63 Ha.

DRAFT EIA REPORT

CHAPTER-II

PROJECT DESCRIPTION

2 - 15

97.8

B.R.L.

93.15

911 9 516 728154

9416

400

55.94

P-2 T.R.L.

100.39

B.R.L.

93.15

CC’ -- 49.01 88 12 588 -- 162.90

924

-- 354.6363

6

70.57

44

2.6 -- 922.0

54536

183.4

9344

18.11

P-2 T.R.L.

107.00

B.R.L.

105.03

DD’ 110 -- 75 -- 8250 5610 5610 -- 2640 -- -- 2.6 6864 -- -- 21.61

P-1 T.R.L.

105.67

B.R.L.

105.03

EE’ 79.91 -- 58 -- 4635.

78

3151.65 3151.

65

-- 1483.1

3

-- -- 2.6 3856.

137

-- -- 20.23

P-1 T.R.L.

103.77

B.R.L.

102.33

FF’ 88.44 264.3

6

49 39 4333.

56

10310.04 2946.

821

2855.8

811

1386.7

39

6216.954

1

1237.

2048

2.6 3605.

5219

1616

4.08071

3216.

7325

20.50

Tota

l

2437

4.219

2238

4.355

4454.

598

522

72.6

7

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/s S.K. SARAWAGI & CO PVT LTD – 17.63 Ha.

DRAFT EIA REPORT

CHAPTER-II

PROJECT DESCRIPTION

2 - 16

2.7 DETAILS OF PRODUCTION

Year wise Production Proposal for the plan period:

1st year (2020-21):

During the 1st year of plan period the benches will be extended towards NE-SW of the

ultimate pit limit maintaining bench 3m height and 3m width for working benches.

Particulars Items Quarry Details

Benches Height

Width

Individual Bench slope

Over all slope

3m

3m

80°

45°

Pit Length

Width

Area occupied

Location

239.40m

55.30m

13238.82m2

N77 89 76 E 20 24 982

N77 90 25 E 20 24 931

N77 90 45 E 20 24 814

N77 91 15 E 20 24 819

Level Top RL (in mtrs)

Bottom RL (in mtr)

107.92

94.65

Excavation Top soil

Waste

Sub-grade

Manganese ore

Nil

11877.591m3

151.73 T

12035 T

2nd

year (2021-22):

During the 2nd

year of plan period the benches will be extended towards NE-SW of the

ultimate pit limit maintaining bench 3m height and 3m width for working benches.

Particulars Items Quarry Details

Benches Height

Width

Individual Bench slope

Over all slope

3m

3m

80°

45°

Pit Length

Width

Area occupied

416.68m

87.76m

36567.84m2

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/s S.K. SARAWAGI & CO PVT LTD – 17.63 Ha.

DRAFT EIA REPORT

CHAPTER-II

PROJECT DESCRIPTION

2 - 17

Location N77 89 77 E 20 24 983

N77 90 27 E 20 24 933

N77 90 47 E 20 24 816

N77 91 17 E 20 24 820

Level Top rl (in mtrs)

Bottom rl (in mtr)

105.67

94.5

Excavation Top soil

Waste

Sub-grade

Manganese ore

Nil

19967.9861m3

4270.558 T

35785 T

Table 2.4 Year wise production for ensuing two years as per latest modified mining plan

Year Production

(MT)

2020-21 12216.734

2021-22 40055.94

TOTAL 52272.674

AVERAGE 26,136.337

2.8 WASTE DUMP MANAGEMENT

There is no topsoil generation during the plan period. The waste material that will be

generated during the course of mining for Manganese ore comprises quartzites,

quartzofelspathic material, khondalite, etc. will be stacked separately In the existing

dump. In the review period about 31845.58m3 of total waste is estimated to be generated.

On an average 15922.79m3 of waste will be generated yearly. The waste will be dumped

in the northern side (90.98 m2) having height 3.5 m over the existing dump (1.03 Ha).

The rain-wash off from the dumps will be prevented by providing garland channel of 2.0

m width over a length of 300 m all along the dumps and also by erecting retaining walls

of 1 m height over a length of 294 m. The inactive dumps will be stabilized by plantation.

During the review period, the waste dumps can’t be rehandled for backfilling purpose, as

none of the area is premature for back filling. The waste rock will be transported to the

site with the tippers and stacked at the dump yard. Dumping will be done to a height of

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/s S.K. SARAWAGI & CO PVT LTD – 17.63 Ha.

DRAFT EIA REPORT

CHAPTER-II

PROJECT DESCRIPTION

2 - 18

50 m with terracing and slope angle shall maintain 350. The waste will be spread at the

dump yard with the excavator and which will be compacted by marching the excavator

over the dump. The garland drainage shall be provided around the waste dump to avoid

degradation of waste during floods/rainy season. Thick plantation is provided along the

slopes of the dump yard. The dump yard shall be properly secured to prevent escape of

material.

Table 2.5 Waste generation details

S.No. Year Total waste

(m3)

1. 1st(2020-21) 11877.591

2. 2nd

(2021-22) 19967.9861

TOTAL 31845.5771

Average 15922.7885

2.9 CONCEPTUAL PLAN

The mining will be carried in a by systematic and scientific way by forming benches. The

adjacent waste rock is quartzites, quartzofelspathic material, khondalite, etc, which can

be excavated with excavator without drilling or blasting. The haul roads are with 1:16

gradient and the benches are properly designed along the strike direction by adopting best

safety concepts. The recovery of the Mn ore from the ROM in In-situ Manganese ore

zone is 60.3% and in Float Manganese ore zone is 32%. The trained and efficient workers

is engaged for the segregation and recovery of Manganese ore as per grade.

As per the reserves and proposed production the expected mine life is at least 6.0 years,

proper reclamation is planned after the complete mineral excavation. At the end of the

lease period a large slice of bench with sub benches will be formed in the lease area.

Since it is envisaged that the quarry will operate for at least for 6 years, no back filling is

proposed during the ensuing mining period. After removal of mineral the excavated pit

will be backfilled to the possible extent with the preserved mineral waste and the

remaining mined out pits after backfilling will be used as water harvesting structure.

Plain areas will be layered with fertile soil and green belt will be developed with soil

binding species.

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/s S.K. SARAWAGI & CO PVT LTD – 17.63 Ha.

DRAFT EIA REPORT

CHAPTER-II

PROJECT DESCRIPTION

2 - 19

2.9.1. Land use

The land use at the end of the plan period of the mining area is given below:

Table: 2.6 Land use details

Particulars Existing Proposed Total

Area under mining 1.82 0.6171 2.4371

7.5 m buffer zone 1.442 -- 1.442

Waste dump 0.42 0.61 1.03

Mineral storage -- 0.024 0.024

Infrastructure 0.1 -- 0.1

Roads 0.502 -- 0.502

Tailing pond -- 0.0007 0.0007

Green belt 0.4241 1.27 1.6941

Retaining wall & garland

drain -- 0.001 0.001

sub grade -- 0.34 0.34

Trail pit 0.0891 -- 0.0891

Total 4.7972 2.8628 7.66

Area remain untouched 12.8328

9.97

Grand Total 17.63 17.63

(Source: As per Approved Review of Mining Scheme)

2.9.2. Mining Methodology

The lease area is proposed for semi-mechanized mining method with 3m bench height

and 3m width and the slope angle of bench shall be maintained 45°. The stripping ratio is

calculated 1:06 depend on the location of excavation. The hauling roads with proper

gradients and benches are properly designed along the strike direction by adopting safety

concepts. The excavators shall be deployed for excavation and tippers for transportation

of ROM and waste and compressors for drilling operations.

The manganese ore is exposed as Float ore and three discontinuous lensoidal bodies in

between and quartzite bodies.

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/s S.K. SARAWAGI & CO PVT LTD – 17.63 Ha.

DRAFT EIA REPORT

CHAPTER-II

PROJECT DESCRIPTION

2 - 20

During the mining and exploration, the depth of the ore is exposed maximum up to 98.64

m RL in manganese bodies and uniformly up to (2.0 mt depth from surface) as float ore

from the surface.

It is proposed to work float Manganese ore and In-situ manganese ore during remaining

two years period of modification of mining period by semi mechanized open cast method

of mining.

The proposed workings will be from surface. So it is easy to exploit this manganese float

ore from the surface by slicing of 2.0 to 3.0m thickness each in a successive manner from

top bench to down wards. The mining machinery that is likely to be deployed is

excavator and tippers. After excavation with excavators, the segregation will be done by

manually by deploying skilled labors. Maximum 3 m height & 3m width benches will be

developing for feasible mining work.

2.9.3. Mining Machinery

Table 2.7Details Mining Machinery

S.No. Machinery No. of Units Cost

1 Excavators (Hire) 2 35.0 Lakhs

2 Tippers (Hire) 2 20.0 Lakhs

3 Jackhammers 4 1.0 Lakh

4 Tractor Mounted Compressor 1 8.0 Lakhs

5 Water tanker 1 10.0 Lakhs

6 Miscellaneous -- 1.0 Lakhs

TOTAL 75.0 Lakhs

* Existing Project Cost = 20.0 Lakhs

Total Project cost = 95.0 Lakhs

2.9.4. Site Services

The mine has good office, stores and workshop. The rest shelter is available at mine for

taking rest. Drinking water facility is provided for the workforce. Well-maintained

approach roads are developed. Good lighting system is established. The same facilities

will be sufficient for the proposed expansion project also.

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/s S.K. SARAWAGI & CO PVT LTD – 17.63 Ha.

DRAFT EIA REPORT

CHAPTER-II

PROJECT DESCRIPTION

2 - 21

2.10 EMPLOYMENT POTENTIAL

By this expansion project many people will be benefited for their livelihood and get

employment in this remote area. The lessee is proposing to employ full time mine

manager and geologist as per Rule 42 of MCDR 1988.The following persons are

employed to carryout/ supervise the day to day mining operations.

Table 2.8Employment Details

S. No Category Existing Proposed

1 Mines manager 1 --

2 Mining Engineer 1 --

3 Geologist 1 --

4 Supervisors 4 --

5 Excavator operator 1 --

6 Tipper drivers/skilled 2 --

7 Un Skilled labour (Segregation) 6 --

8 Un-skilled labor 71 --

Total 87 Nil

*Existing employment will be sufficient for the proposed expansion in Manganese ore

production

2.11 PROJECT COST

The envisaged maximum annual production of Manganese Ore (after production

expansion) is estimated to be 40055.94TPA.

The cost of the project after expansion : 95.0 Lakhs

Existing project cost : 20.0 Lakhs

Proposed project cost : 75.0 Lakhs

CHAPTER – III

DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/s S.K. SARAWAGI & CO PVT LTD – 17.63 Ha.

DRAFT EIA REPORT

CHAPTER –III

DESCRIPTION OF

ENVIRONMENT

3 - 1

3.0 INTRODUCTION

Collection of base line data is an integral aspect of the preparation of Environmental

Impact Assessment report. Baseline data reflects the present status of Environment

before the initiation of any activity. The possible effects due to the existing mine after

production expansion are estimated and superimposed on the compiled baseline data

subsequently to asses Environmental Impacts.

3.1 STUDY AREA

Study area covers 10 Km radius from existing mine site located at Survey No. 278,

279, 281/1 to 8 of Karlam (V), Chipurupalli (M), VizianagaramDist. Andhra Pradesh.

3.2 STUDY PERIOD

The baseline environmental quality represents the background scenario of various

environmental components in the study area.

As part of the Environmental Impact Assessment study, baseline environmental

monitoring was carried out for the monthof October 2021 to December 2021.Studies

were under taken to generate base line data of the following:-

3.3 METHODOLOGY OF EIA STUDY

The various steps involved in Environmental Impact Assessment Study of the mine

site are divided into following phases:

Identification of significant environmental parameters and assessing the existing

status within the impact zone with respect to air, water, noise, soil and socio-

economic components of environment. Following studies were carried out:

MICROMETEOROLOGICAL DATA

AIR QUALITY – EXISTING AMBIENT AIR QUALITY

WATER ANALYSIS - GROUND WATER, SURFACE WATER

NOISE LEVELS

GEOLOGY

HYDROGEOLOGY

FLORA AND FAUNA

LAND ENVIRONMENT

LAND USE / LAND COVER

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/s S.K. SARAWAGI & CO PVT LTD – 17.63 Ha.

DRAFT EIA REPORT

CHAPTER –III

DESCRIPTION OF

ENVIRONMENT

3 - 2

SOIL CHARACTERISTICS and

SOCIO – ECONOMIC STATUS SURROUNDING THE PROJECT SITE.

Study of various mining activities of the existing mine to identify the area leading

to impact/change in environmental quality.

Quantification/prediction of impact for the identified activities and to study

thelevel of impact on various environmental components.

Evaluation of impacts after superimposing the predicted/quantified scenario over

the baseline scenario.

Formulation of Environmental Management Plan for implementation in

theproposed expansion project.

3.4 COLLECTION OF BASELINE DATA

3.4.1 Micro meteorological data

Micrometeorological studies are simultaneously conducted with the ambient air

quality monitoring. Meteorology plays an important role in the dispersion of

pollutants. The meteorological data is very useful for interpretation of the base line

information and for model study of air quality impacts also.

A temporary meteorological station was installed at project site. The station was

installed at a height of 4 m above the ground level in such a way that there are no

obstructions facilitating flow of wind, wind speed, wind direction, humidity and

temperature are recorded on hourly basis.

CLIMATE

The tropical climate of the region is manifested as hot and humid summer, moderately

monsoon and mild winter seasons. The climate of the region is characterized as hot &

dry.

Regional Meteorology:

Climate:

The climate of the region is governed by its location in the tropics and by the

monsoon. The climate of the southeastern coast of the Bay of Bengal is characterized

by the annually recurring seasonal monsoons, which divide the year in to four seasons

as Indian Meteorological Department.

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/s S.K. SARAWAGI & CO PVT LTD – 17.63 Ha.

DRAFT EIA REPORT

CHAPTER –III

DESCRIPTION OF

ENVIRONMENT

3 - 3

The winter season of the year from December to February predominantly

north winds and recorded coolest season of the year.

The summer season (Pre monsoon period) from March to May predominantly

W and SW winds and is hottest part of the year.

The South-West monsoon tropical rainy season from June to September is

characterized by predominantly South-west winds.

The Post monsoon period (North-East monsoon) from October to November

when predominant winds are North-East and wind changes the direction from

North-east to North-west or west when, cyclones are active in Bay-of-Bengal.

IMD Climatological Data (History) of nearest IMD station Visakhapatnam Airport

Month

Temperature ºC Mean Relative

Humidity % Rainfall

mm Maximum Minimum

8.30

Morning

17.30

Evening

January 31.3 14.5 74 65 12.1

February 34.6 16.7 73 63 11.1

March 37.3 19.5 70 65 15.8

April 37.9 22.0 68 71 33.2

May 40.3 22.9 68 69 55.7

June 40.6 23.5 71 68 102.3

July 36.9 23.6 78 74 137.7

August 36.1 23.6 78 74 145.7

September 35.5 23.2 79 77 164.8

October 34.6 21.2 75 72 191.6

November 32.6 17.6 68 67 87.2

December 31.0 14.9 67 64 6.4

Ref: IMD, Visakhapatnam

Temperature:

The maximum temperature recorded is 40.6ºCin May and the minimum is 14.5ºC in

January.

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/s S.K. SARAWAGI & CO PVT LTD – 17.63 Ha.

DRAFT EIA REPORT

CHAPTER –III

DESCRIPTION OF

ENVIRONMENT

3 - 4

Relative Humidity:

The relative humidity is comparatively high and uniform throughout the year. The

average relative humidity wasmaximum79% in July & Augustand minimum68%

recorded in winter.

Rainfall:

The region of Vizianagaram district receives an annual rainfall of 1097mm. The

region also receives rain from the occasional low-pressure systems developing during

the post monsoon and pre-monsoon season.

3.4.2 Winds

A weather station was installed near the site for hourly monitoring of temperature,

humidity & wind velocity for the month of October’2021 to December’2021.

Summarized site-specificdata is given below:

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/s S.K. SARAWAGI & CO PVT LTD – 17.63 Ha.

DRAFT EIA REPORT

CHAPTER –III

DESCRIPTION OF

ENVIRONMENT

3 - 5

Table3.1 Micro Meteorological Data at Site

S.No. Parameter Oct'21 Nov'21 Dec'21

1

Temperature (0C)

Maximum 31.51 29.01 27.6

Minimum 21.17 17.13 12.64

Average 26.66 24.31 21.33

2

Relative Humidity

(%)

Maximum 92.78 94.89 97.84

Minimum 63.97 62 40.41

Average 83.26 85.39 78.88

3

Wind Speed (m/sec)

Maximum 6.74 6.75 8.68

Minimum 0.07 0.17 0.23

Average 2.56 3.76 3.38

4

Wind Direction (%)

N 10.35 2.92 15.32

NNE 10.08 13.06 20.03

NE 10.48 29.44 29.30

ENE 10.62 24.31 11.43

E 13.31 19.59 4.84

ESE 3.23 8.47 3.36

SE 4.57 1.25 2.15

SSE 5.51 0.28 1.48

S 10.89 0.14 0.67

SSW 5.18 0.00 0.67

SW 1.88 0.00 0.54

WSW 1.88 0.00 0.54

W 1.61 0.00 0.54

WNW 2.55 0.00 2.15

NW 2.96 0.00 2.55

NNW 3.76 0.14 4.03

Calm 1.08 0.28 0.27

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/s S.K. SARAWAGI & CO PVT LTD – 17.63 Ha.

DRAFT EIA REPORT

CHAPTER –III

DESCRIPTION OF

ENVIRONMENT

3 - 6

Fig. 3.1 Wind Rose Diagram for the month of October 2021-December 2021

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/s S.K. SARAWAGI & CO PVT LTD – 17.63 Ha.

DRAFT EIA REPORT

CHAPTER –III

DESCRIPTION OF

ENVIRONMENT

3 - 7

3.5 AIR ENVIRONMENT

3.5.1 Selection of Sampling Locations: To assess the baseline ambient air quality

scientifically based on ambient air quality monitoring network was established. Air

quality monitoring study was carried out during winter season (i.e. October’21 to

December’21) within 10km radius of the project site. The ambient air quality

monitoring stations were selected after a brief study based on the following

considerations

Meteorological conditions

Topography of the study area

Predominant wind direction

Emission sources

Receptors sensitivity

Ambient Air Quality monitoring stations were set up at eight locations with due

consideration to the above-mentioned points. The locations of the sampling stations

are given in the Table 3.3 and the same are also show in the Fig 3.2.

3.5.2 Methodology of Sampling and Analysis

Air samples collected were tested for the following parameters

PM10

PM2.5

Sulphur Dioxide (SO2)

Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx)

Free silica

The sampling and analysis of ambient air quality parameters was carried out as per the

procedures detailed in relevant parts of IS: 5182 (Indian Standards for Ambient Air

Quality Test Methods). The methods used for determining the above-mentioned

parameters and furnished in the Table: 3.2

3.5.3 Frequency of Sampling: 24 hourly samples for PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOx and Free

silica were collected from each station, at a frequency of twice a week for the pre-

monsoon season.

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/s S.K. SARAWAGI & CO PVT LTD – 17.63 Ha.

DRAFT EIA REPORT

CHAPTER –III

DESCRIPTION OF

ENVIRONMENT

3 - 8

Table3.2 Techniques and Detectable limits for Ambient Air Quality Monitoring

S. No. Parameter Technique Technical Protocol Minimum Detectable

Limit ( g/m3)

1 PM10 Respirable Dust Sampler

(Gravimetric method) IS-5182 (Part-XXIII) 5.0

2 PM2.5 Fine Particulate Sampler

(Gravimetric method) IS-5182 (Part-XXIV) 5.0

3 Sulphur dioxide Modified West and

Gaeke IS-5182 (Part-II) 4.0

4 Oxides of

Nitrogen Jacob &Hochheiser IS-5182 (Part-VI) 4.0

5 Free Silica Personal Respirable Dust

Sampler

OSHA (142)

(Occupational Safety

and Health

Administration)

3.5

Table 3.3Location of Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Stations

S.No Location Station

Code

Direction

from

Project

Site

Distance

w.r.t

Project

Site

Latitude and

Longitude

Environmental

Setting

1. Project site A1 --- --- 18°17'37.08"N

83°38'25.54"E Mine Area

2. Peripi A2 SW 4.1 18°15'57.46"N

83°36'48.03"E Residential Area

3. Venkatapuram A3 SE 4.0 18°16'18.75"N

83°40'20.75"E Residential Area

4. Palavalasa A4 SSW 2.4 18°16'16.98"N

83°38'4.37"E Residential Area

5. Aridivalasa A5 WSW 4.9 18°17'3.79"N

83°35'34.52"E Residential Area

6. Seethubhimavaram A6 NE 4.1 18°19'40.45"N

83°39'50.35"E Residential Area

7. Penasam A7 NE 4.8 18°19'25.79"N

83°40'42.01"E Residential Area

8 Geddakancharam A8 NNE 4.4 18°20'11.45"N

83°39'2.85"E Residential Area

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/s S.K. SARAWAGI & CO PVT LTD – 17.63 Ha.

DRAFT EIA REPORT

CHAPTER –III

DESCRIPTION OF

ENVIRONMENT

3 - 9

Fig: 3.2 Location Ambient Air Quality Stations

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/s S.K. SARAWAGI & CO PVT LTD – 17.63 Ha.

DRAFT EIA REPORT

CHAPTER –III

DESCRIPTION OF

ENVIRONMENT

3 - 10

Table 3.4Summary of Ambient Air Quality in the Study Area

Parameter PM10(μg/m3) PM2.5(μg/m

3) SO2(μg/m

3) NOX(μg/m

3)

Mon

itorin

g

Sta

tio

n

No

.of

sam

ple

s

Maxim

um

Min

imu

m

Mean

98

th p

ercen

tile

No

.of

sam

ple

s

Maxim

um

Min

imu

m

Mean

98

th p

ercen

tile

No

.of

sam

ple

s

Maxim

um

Min

imu

m

Mean

98

th p

ercen

tile

No

.of

sam

ple

s

Maxim

um

Min

imu

m

Mean

98

th p

ercen

tile

A1 26 64.3 37.5 50.4 60.8 26 32.8 19.1 24.9 30.7 26 13.6 8.40 11.5 13.6 26 18.8 11.0 15.5 18.8

A2 26 55.1 34.5 46.9 54.6 26 27.7 16.8 22.9 27.4 26 12.3 6.30 9.48 11.9 26 16.7 8.34 12.7 16.1

A3 26 47.3 27.7 39.4 47.2 26 24.6 13.6 19.8 24.4 26 11.5 6.40 9.04 11.2 26 15.6 8.49 12.1 15.2

A4 26 53.8 32.9 45.1 53.3 26 26.7 16.8 22.1 26.3 26 11.8 8.10 9.92 11.7 26 16.1 10.8 13.4 16.0

A5 26 51.6 32.2 43.2 51.2 26 25.7 15.7 21.4 25.4 26 11.6 7.47 9.45 11.5 26 15.4 10.0 12.6 15.3

A6 26 45.2 25.5 37.1 45.1 26 23.5 12.9 18.8 23.3 26 10.7 5.10 8.11 10.7 26 14.6 6.96 11.0 14.4

A7 26 42.9 24.9 35.4 42.8 26 22.0 12.1 17.8 21.9 26 10.4 5.40 7.55 10.1 26 14.4 7.18 10.2 13.9

A8 26 40.2 20.2 32.9 40.2 26 20.5 9.88 16.5 20.4 26 9.80 6.10 8.10 9.65 26 13.1 7.97 10.3 13.1

NAAQS 100(μg/m3) 60(μg/m

3) 80(μg/m

3) 80(μg/m

3)

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/s S.K. SARAWAGI & CO PVT LTD – 17.63 Ha.

DRAFT EIA REPORT

CHAPTER –III

DESCRIPTION OF

ENVIRONMENT

3 - 11

GRAPHICAL PRESENTATION OF AMBIENT AIR QUALITY

IN THE STUDY AREA

60.854.6

47.253.3 51.2

45.1 42.8 40.2

100

0

20

40

60

80

100

120

A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8

PM

10

Co

nce

ntr

ati

on

s

Sampling Locations

98 Percentile of PM10 (μg/m3)

98 Percentile of PM10 (μg/m3) NAAQS

30.727.4

24.4 26.3 25.4 23.3 21.9 20.4

60

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8

PM

2.5

Co

nce

ntr

ati

on

s

Sampling Locations

98 Percentile of PM2.5 (μg/m3)

98 Percentile of PM2.5 (μg/m3) NAAQS

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/s S.K. SARAWAGI & CO PVT LTD – 17.63 Ha.

DRAFT EIA REPORT

CHAPTER –III

DESCRIPTION OF

ENVIRONMENT

3 - 12

GRAPHICAL PRESENTATION OF AMBIENT AIR QUALITY

IN THE STUDY AREA

13.6 11.9 11.2 11.7 11.5 10.7 10.1 9.7

80

0

20

40

60

80

100

A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8

SO

2 C

on

cen

tra

tio

n

Sampling Locations

98 Percentile of SO2 (μg/m3)

98 Percentile of SO2 (μg/m3) NAAQS

18.8 16.1 15.2 16.0 15.3 14.4 13.9 13.1

80

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8

NO

xC

on

cen

tra

tio

n

Sampling Locations

98 Percentile of NOx (μg/m3)

98 Percentile of NOx (μg/m3) NAAQS

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/s S.K. SARAWAGI & CO PVT LTD – 17.63 Ha.

DRAFT EIA REPORT

CHAPTER –III

DESCRIPTION OF

ENVIRONMENT

3 - 13

3.5.4 Existing Ambient Air Quality

On the perusal of above summary of analysis of ambient air quality in the study are it

is evident that all monitored values in various locations are well within the specified

limits of CPCB. The results are summarized below:

PM10: The highest PM10 concentration 64.30μg/m3 was observed in the ambient air

was recorded at station A1 while the lowest PM10 concentration was found to be

20.20 μg/m3at A8. All the monitored values of PM10 are well below the specified

limit of 100 μg/m3.

PM2.5: The highest PM2.5 concentration 32.79 μg/m3 was observed in the ambient air

was recorded at station A1, while the lowest PM2.5concentration was found to be

12.08 μg/m3 atA7. All the monitored values of PM2.5 are well below the specified

limit of 60 μg/m3.

SO2: The highest SO2 concentration 13.60μg/m3 was observed in the ambient air was

recorded at station A1 while the lowest SO2 concentration was found to be 5.10μg/m3

atA6. All the monitored values of SO2 are well below the specified limit of 80 μg/m3.

NOx: The highest concentration 18.77μg/m3was observed in the ambient air was

recorded at station A1 while the lowest NOx concentration was found to be 6.96

μg/m3at A6. All the monitored values of NOx are well below the specified limit of

80μg/m3.

Free Silica:

Free Silica found to be <3.5 μg/m3which is Minimum Detectable Limit in all AAQ

locations as per the method of OSHA ID 0142.Permissible Exposure Limit as per

OSHA (Occupational Safety and Health Administration) is 50 μg/m3.

Interpretation:

The maximum locations of ambient air quality monitoring were selected on

downwind direction of the project site and the predominant wind direction blowing

from North East is recorded on site specific meteorological monitoring.

An over view of the above results indicate the ambient air quality in the study area

was well within the prescribed limits of NAAQS.

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/s S.K. SARAWAGI & CO PVT LTD – 17.63 Ha.

DRAFT EIA REPORT

CHAPTER –III

DESCRIPTION OF

ENVIRONMENT

3 - 14

3.6 WATER ENVIRONMENT

The water resources, both surface and groundwater play an important role in the

development of the area. Likewise, the water resources of the area have been studied

to establish the current status of water quality in the area. The parameters of prime

importance were selected under physical, chemical inorganic, chemical organic and

heavy metal groups. Water samples from ground and surface water sources were

collected. The water samples were collected in pretreated sampling cans and

transported to laboratory for analysis. Due care was taken during sampling &

transportation of these samples.

3.6.1 Surface Water and Ground Water Quality Assessment

In order to assess water quality impacts surface water and ground water samples are

collected from the surrounding villages. The samples analyzed for various physical

and chemical parameters to know the contamination levels as per the IS Standards.

1. Ground water quality --- IS 10500-2012

2. Surface/canal/sea water quality --- IS 2296

3.6.2 Selection of Sampling Locations

Sampling locations were selected on basis of:

a) Drainage pattern

b) Location of residential areas respecting different activities

c) Likely areas those can represent baseline conditions

Samples for bacteriological analysis were collected in sterilized glass bottles. Selected

physico-chemical and bacteriological parameters have been analyzed for projecting

the existing water quality status in the study area.

The samples were analyzed in accordance with “Standard Methods for Examination of

Water and Wastewater Analysis” published by APHA.

3.6.3 Sampling Techniques

Samples for chemical analysis were collected in polyethylene carboys. Samples

collected for metal content were acidified with 1 ml HNO3. Samples for bacteriological

analysis were collected in sterilized glass bottles. Selected physico-chemical and

bacteriological parameters have been analyzed for projecting the existing water quality

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/s S.K. SARAWAGI & CO PVT LTD – 17.63 Ha.

DRAFT EIA REPORT

CHAPTER –III

DESCRIPTION OF

ENVIRONMENT

3 - 15

status in the study area. Parameters like temperature, Dissolved Oxygen (DO) and pH

were analyzed at the time of sample collection.

The methodology for sample collection and preservation techniques was followed as

per the Standard Operating Procedures (SOP) mentioned in Table 3.5.

Table3.5 Standard Operating Procedures (SOP) For Water Sampling

Parameter Sample Collection Sample Size Storage/ Preservation

pH Grab sampling

Plastic /glass

container

100 ml On site analysis

Electrical

Conductivity

Grab sampling

Plastic /glass

container

100 ml On site parameter

Total suspended

solids

Grab sampling

Plastic /glass

container

100 ml Refrigeration,

can be stored for 7 days

Total Dissolved

Solids

Grab sampling

Plastic /glass

container

100 ml Refrigeration,

can be stored for 7 days

BOD Grab sampling

Plastic /glass

container

1000 ml Refrigeration, 48 hrs

Hardness Grab sampling

Plastic /glass

container

100 ml Add HNO3 to pH<2,

refrigeration; 6 months

Chlorides Grab sampling

Plastic /glass

container

100 ml Not required; 28 days

Sulphates Grab sampling

Plastic /glass

container

100 ml Refrigeration; 28 days

Nitrates Plastic containers 100 ml Refrigeration; 48 hrs

Fluorides Plastic containers only 100 ml Not required; 28 days

Alkalinity Plastic/ glass

containers

100 ml Refrigeration; 14 days

Ammonia (NH3-N) Plastic/ glass

containers

500 ml Add H2SO4 to pH<2,

refrigeration, 7 days

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/s S.K. SARAWAGI & CO PVT LTD – 17.63 Ha.

DRAFT EIA REPORT

CHAPTER –III

DESCRIPTION OF

ENVIRONMENT

3 - 16

Parameter Sample Collection Sample Size Storage/ Preservation

Heavy Metals (As,

Cd, Mn, Cu, Fe, Zn,

Pb etc.)

Plastic/ Glass rinse

with 1+1 HNO3

500 ml Filter, add HNO3 to

pH>2; Grab sample; 6

months

Source: Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater, Published

By APHA (American Public Health Association) 23rd

Edition 2017

3.6.4 Analytical Techniques

The analytical techniques used for water analysis is given in the Table 3.6.

Table 3.6 Analytical Techniques for Water Analysis

Parameter Method

pH APHA, 4500-H+B

Colour APHA, 2120-C

Odour APHA, 2150

Temperature APHA, 2550-B

Oil & Grease APHA, 5520-D,5-38

Dissolved Oxygen APHA, 4500-DC

Electrical conductivity APHA, 2510-B

Turbidity APHA, 2130-B

Chlorides APHA, 4500-Cl, B

Fluorides APHA, 4500-FD

Total dissolved solids APHA, 2540-C

Total suspended solids APHA, 2540-D

Total hardness APHA, 2340-C

Sulphates APHA, 4500-SO4-2

-E

Phosphates APHA, 4500-PC&D

Arsenic APHA, 3120-B

Calcium APHA, 3500-Ca B

Magnesium APHA, 3500-Mg B

Manganese APHA, 3120-B

Mercury APHA, 3120-B

Lead APHA, 3120-B

Copper APHA, 3120-B

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/s S.K. SARAWAGI & CO PVT LTD – 17.63 Ha.

DRAFT EIA REPORT

CHAPTER –III

DESCRIPTION OF

ENVIRONMENT

3 - 17

Parameter Method

Cadmium APHA, 3120-B

Iron APHA, 3120-B

Zinc APHA, 3120-B

Chromium APHA, 3120-B

Aluminium APHA, 3120-B

Cyanide APHA, 4500-CN-E

Coliform organisms IS 15185

Alkalinity APHA, 2320-B

COD APHA, 5220-B

BOD IS 3025 P:44

Total Kjheldhal Nitrogen APHA,4500-Norg B

Ammonical Nitrogen APHA, 4500-NH3 F

Residual Free Chlorine IS 3025 P:26

Phenolic Compounds (as

C6H5OH)

APHA, 5530-C

Source: Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater, Published

By APHA (American Public Health Association) 23rd

Edition 2017

3.6.5 Water Sampling Stations

The locations of the water samples collected in the study area are furnished hereunder.

In addition, mine pit water was collected and analyzed for pH, TDS and manganese

concentrations.

Table: 3.7Water Sampling Stations

Code Station

Direction

bearing

w.r.t

Project Site

Distance from

Project Site

(km)

Latitude &

Longitude

Source of

collection

GW1 Gatchalavalasa SW 2.8 18°16'26.84"N

83°37'20.77"E Ground water

GW2 Mettapalli W 3.0 18°18'2.67"N

83°36'35.83"E Ground water

GW3 Peripi WSW 4.9 18°17'1.98"N

83°35'35.19"E Ground water

GW4 Viswanadhapuram WNW 3.6 18°18'41.73"N

83°36'28.17"E Ground water

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/s S.K. SARAWAGI & CO PVT LTD – 17.63 Ha.

DRAFT EIA REPORT

CHAPTER –III

DESCRIPTION OF

ENVIRONMENT

3 - 18

GW5 Pathikayavalasa SE 3.5 18°16'5.21"N

83°39'45.39"E Ground water

GW6 Karlam ENE 0.7 18°17'58.11"N

83°38'52.95"E Ground water

GW7 Devarapodilam E 3.3 18°17'55.84"N

83°40'24.01"E Ground water

GW8 Seethubhimavaram NE 4.0 18°19'34.52"N

83°39'53.94"E Ground water

SW1 Sivaramapuram

Cheruvu E 1.4

8°17'35.68"N

83°39'19.34"E Surface water

SW2 Mettapalli Cheruvu W 0.9 18°17'50.37"N

83°37'46.97"E Surface water

SW3 Palavalasa Cheruvu SSW 1.9 18°16'32.56"N

83°38'19.31"E Surface water

SW4 Karlam Cheruvu N 1.5 18°18'39.89"N

83°38'30.76"E Surface water

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/s S.K. SARAWAGI & CO PVT LTD – 17.63 Ha.

DRAFT EIA REPORT

CHAPTER –III

DESCRIPTION OF

ENVIRONMENT

3 - 19

Fig 3.3 Water Sampling Locations

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/s S.K. SARAWAGI & CO PVT LTD – 17.63 Ha.

DRAFT EIA REPORT

CHAPTER –III

DESCRIPTION OF

ENVIRONMENT

3 - 20

3.6.6 Ground Water Quality of the Study Area

The summarized analysis results of the ground water quality in the study area are given in the below table

Table3.8 Ground water quality results

S.No. PARAMETER UNIT GW1 GW2 GW3 GW4 GW5 GW6 GW7 GW8 IS:10500-Standards

Acceptable Permissible

1. Color Hazen < 1 < 1 < 1 < 1 < 1 < 1 < 1 < 1 5 15

2. Temperature of Water 0C 25.3 25.5 26.4 26.1 25.8 26.6 25.7 25.4 - -

3. pH - 7.5 7.2 7.1 7.4 7.2 7.3 7.6 7.4 6.5-8.5 6.5-8.5

4. Turbidity NTU 0.35 0.34 0.44 0.38 0.42 0.58 0.54 0.51 1 5

5. Total Dissolved Solids mg/l 769 760 821 738 755 715 758 702 500 2000

6. Total alkalinity (as CaCO3) mg/l 341 371 372 354 386 309 314 294 200 600

7. Total Hardness (as CaCO3) mg/l 301 323 332 320 338 355 363 344 300 600

8. Chlorides as Cl mg/l 232.3 210.4 245.2 205.9 195.6 200.5 224.3 198.7 250 1000

9. Calcium as Ca mg/l 83.5 89.2 90.4 87.8 91.3 94.8 97.2 92.5 75 200

10. Magnesium as Mg mg/l 22.4 24.2 25.8 24.4 26.5 28.3 28.8 27.3 30 100

11. Fluoride as F mg/l 0.38 0.41 0.52 0.47 0.58 0.67 0.62 0.54 1.0 1.5

12. Nitrates as NO3 mg/l 24.6 22.4 23.8 20.7 22.9 21.3 25.2 19.8 45 45

13. Sulphates as SO4 mg/l 32.4 29.6 34.7 30.5 33.4 28.5 31.6 29.3 200 400

14. Arsenic as As mg/l <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 0.01 0.05

15. Cadmium as Cd mg/l <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 0.003 0.003

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/s S.K. SARAWAGI & CO PVT LTD – 17.63 Ha.

DRAFT EIA REPORT

CHAPTER –III

DESCRIPTION OF

ENVIRONMENT

3 - 21

16. Copper as Cu mg/l <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 0.05 1.5

17. Lead as Pb mg/l <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 0.01 0.01

18. Iron as Fe mg/l 0.12 0.09 0.14 0.08 0.1 0.11 0.13 0.15 0.3 0.3

19. Manganese as Mn mg/l 0.08 0.04 0.03 0.05 0.04 0.06 0.03 0.05 0.1 0.3

20. Zinc as Zn mg/l 0.13 0.15 0.23 0.18 0.25 0.28 0.32 0.16 5.0 15.0

21. Dissolved phosphates mg/l <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 - -

22. Phenolic Compounds as

C6H5OH

mg/l <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001

0.001 0.002

23. Residual Chlorine mg/l <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 - -

24. E. Coli CFU/100

ml ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND

Shall not be

detectable Shall not be

detectable

25. Total Coliforms CFU/100

ml 38 47 42 44 53 61 59 56

Shall not be

detectable Shall not be

detectable

ND - Not Detected

Mn concentration in water collected from the mine pit is analyzedto be 0.82 mg/l. Analysis report is attached at the end of mining plan in

Annexure II.

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/S S.K. SARAWAGI & CO PVT LTD – 17.63 Ha.

DRAFT EIA REPORT

CHAPTER –III

DESCRIPTION OF

ENVIRONMENT

3 - 22

3.6.7 Summary of Groundwater quality:

The pH limit fixed for drinking water samples as per IS:10500 is 6.5 to 8.5. During

the study period, the pH of the groundwater was found varying between 7.1 and7.6.

The pH values for all the samples collected in the study area during study period were

found to be within the acceptable limits.

The acceptable limit for total dissolved solids as per IS:10500 are 500 mg/l

10500whereas the permissible limit of the same is 2000 mg/l. In groundwater

samples collected from the study area, the total dissolved solids (TDS) were found to

be varying between 702mg/l and 821mg/l. The TDS of all the samples were below

the permissible limit of 2000 mg/l.

The acceptable limit for Chloride is 250 mg/l as per IS:10500whereas the permissible

limit of the same is 1,000 mg/l. The Chloride levels in the groundwater samples

collected in the study area were ranging from 195.6 – 245.2 mg/l, which were within

acceptable limits.

The acceptable limit as per IS:10500 for hardness are 300 mg/l whereas the

permissible limit for the same is 600 mg/l. In the groundwater samples collected from

the study area, the hardness was found to be varying from 301mg/l to 363mg/l. The

hardness of all the samples were below the permissible limits of 600 mg/l.

Fluoride is the other important parameter, which has the acceptable limit of 1 mg/l

and permissible limit of 1.5 mg/l. However, the optimum content of fluoride in the

drinking water is 0.6 to 1.5 mg/l. In the groundwater samples of study area, the

fluoride values were found to be within a range of 0.38 mg/l to 0.67mg/l, which were

within acceptable limits.

Manganese concentration in water collected from the mine pit is analysed to be 0.82

mg/l and the other water samples manganese concentration ranges between 0.03 to

0.08 mg/l, which were within acceptable limits.

All the heavy metals in all samples were found to be below the acceptable limits.

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/S S.K. SARAWAGI & CO PVT LTD – 17.63 Ha.

DRAFT EIA REPORT

CHAPTER –III

DESCRIPTION OF

ENVIRONMENT

3 - 23

An overview of the results obtained reveals that all the parameters were found below the

permissible limits of IS: 10500 Drinking Water Standards.

3.6.8. Surface Water Quality of the Study Area

The water in the region (surface water) has been compared with respect to the Drinking

water Quality Standards as IS: 10500 and IS: 2296. The summarized analysis of results of

the surface water quality in the study area are given in the below table.

Table 3.9 Surface Water Quality of the Study Area

S.No. PARAMETER UNIT SW1 SW2 SW3 SW4 IS:2296 -

Standards

1. Color Hazen <1 <1 <1 <1 -

2. Odour - Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable -

3. Turbidity Ntu 1.8 1.3 2.4 2.1 -

4. pH - 7.4 7.1 7.3 7.1 6.50 – 8.50

5. Temperature 0C 25.7 24.3 25.5 24.8 -

6. Electrical Conductivity mmhos/cm 396 450 476 438 -

7. Total Dissolved Solids mg/l 242 256 272 247 1500

8. Total Suspended Solids mg/l 26 27 34 29 -

9. Total Alkalinity as CaCO3 mg/l 117 121 136 128 -

10. Total Hardness as mg/l 97 109 122 110 -

11. Calcium as Ca mg/l 23 26 28 24 -

12. Magnesium as Mg mg/l 9.6 10.8 12.5 12.1 -

13. Chloride as Cl mg/l 60 65 71 62 -

14. Sulphate as SO4 mg/l 10.5 11.2 12.6 12.9 -

15. Nitrate as NO3 mg/l 0.26 0.33 0.46 0.37 -

16. Iron as Fe mg/l <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 -

17. Hexavalent Chromium as

Cr6+

mg/l <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001

0.05

18. Phenolic Compounds mg/l <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 0.005

19. Cyanide as CN mg/l <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 0.05

20. Zinc as Zn mg/l < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 15

21. Lead as Pb mg/l <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 0.01

22. Copper as Cu mg/l <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 1.5

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/S S.K. SARAWAGI & CO PVT LTD – 17.63 Ha.

DRAFT EIA REPORT

CHAPTER –III

DESCRIPTION OF

ENVIRONMENT

3 - 24

23. Aluminium as Al mg/l <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 0.1

24. Manganese as Mn mg/l 0.02 0.02 0.01 0.02 5.0

25. Mercury as Hg mg/l <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 -

26. Arsenic as As mg/l <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 -

27. Cadmium as Cd mg/l <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 -

28. Dissolved Oxygen mg/l 5.6 5.8 5.7 6.1 5.0 min

29. Chemical Oxygen Demand mg/l <10 <10 <10 <10 -

30. Biochemical Oxygen

Demand

mg/l <1 <1 <1 <1

3.0

31. Total Kjheldhal Nitrogen mg/l < 1.0 < 1.0 < 1.0 < 1.0 -

32. Free Ammonical Nitrogen mg/l < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 < 0.01 -

33. Oil & Grease mg/l < 0.1 < 0.1 < 0.1 < 0.1 -

34. E. Coli MPN/100 ml Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent

35. Total Coliforms MPN/100 ml 1600 500 500 900 5000

3.6.9. Surface water quality results are summarized below:

pH of the surface water collected was neutral with pH ranging from 7.1 -7.4

TDS was found to be 396mg/l to 476mg/l. The tolerance limit of 1,500 mg/l as per

IS:2296

Total hardness was found to be 97mg/l to 122mg/l

Presence of Nitrate was recorded as 0.26mg/l to 0.46 mg/l

DO was observed as 5.6mg/l to 6.1mg/l

Total coliform in water was 500MPN/100ml to 1600MPN/100 ml. The likely source

of bacteriological contamination was due to the proximity to residential area

All the heavy metals were found to be within below detectable limits.

3.7 SOIL QUALITY

3.7.1 Selection of sampling Locations

For studying soil profile of the region, sampling locations were selected to assess the

existing overall soil conditions around the project site. The study of the soil profile

establishes the baseline characteristics and this will help in future for identifying the

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/S S.K. SARAWAGI & CO PVT LTD – 17.63 Ha.

DRAFT EIA REPORT

CHAPTER –III

DESCRIPTION OF

ENVIRONMENT

3 - 25

incremental concentrations if any, due to the existing project. The sampling locations

have been identified with following objectives.

a) To determine the baseline soil characteristics of the study area

b) To determine the impact of the project activities on soil characteristics

3.7.2 Sampling and Analytical Techniques

Five sampling locations were selected to assess the existing soil conditions representing

various land use conditions and geological features. At each location, soil samples were

collected from three different depths viz. 30 cm, 60 cm and 90 cm below the surface and

are homogenized. This is in line with IS: 2720 & Methods of Soil Analysis, Part-1, 2nd

edition, 1986 of (American Society for Agronomy and Soil Science Society of America).

The homogenized samples were analyzed for physical and chemical characteristics. The

soil samples were collected and analyzed once in pre-monsoon season.

The samples have been analyzed as per the established scientific methods for physico-

chemical parameters. The heavy metals have been analyzed by using Atomic Absorption

Spectrophotometer.

The methodology adopted for each parameter is described in Table 3.10

Table 3.10 Analytical Techniques for Soil Analysis

Parameter Method (ASTM number)

Textural classification Chart developed by Public Roads

Administration

pH IS 2720 P 26

Electrical conductivity IS 14767 : 2002

Bulk Density IS 2720 P 8

Moisture Content IS 2720 P 2

Nitrogen IS 14684 : 1999

Phosphorus Manual Soil Testing in India, Ministry of

Agriculture

Potassium Manual Soil Testing in India, Ministry of

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/S S.K. SARAWAGI & CO PVT LTD – 17.63 Ha.

DRAFT EIA REPORT

CHAPTER –III

DESCRIPTION OF

ENVIRONMENT

3 - 26

Parameter Method (ASTM number)

Agriculture

Sodium Manual Soil Testing in India, Ministry of

Agriculture

Calcium Manual Soil Testing in India, Ministry of

Agriculture

Magnesium Manual Soil Testing in India, Ministry of

Agriculture

Chlorides Argentometric Method

Sulphates IS 2720 P 27 : 1977

Organic Carbon IS 2720 P 22

Organic Matter IS 2720 P 22

3.7.3 Details of Soil Sampling Locations

The soil sampling locations and distance from project are mentioned in the below table

3.11.

Table 3.11 Soil Sampling Locations

Code Location

Direction

Bearing

w.r.t Project Site

Distance from

Project

Site(km)

Latitude and

Longitude

S1 Project site --- --- 8°17'41.23"N

83°38'27.68"E

S2 Karlam NW 1.8 8°18'44.40"N

83°37'56.09"E

S3 Sankupalem WSW 2.2 18°17'21.77"N

83°37'6.90"E

S4 Devarapodilam SE 2.4 18°16'50.41"N

83°39'39.22"E

S5 Sivaramapuram ENE 1.9 18°30'27.05"N

83°20'9.96"E

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/S S.K. SARAWAGI & CO PVT LTD – 17.63 Ha.

DRAFT EIA REPORT

CHAPTER –III

DESCRIPTION OF

ENVIRONMENT

3 - 27

Fig 3.4Soil Sampling Locations

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/S S.K. SARAWAGI & CO PVT LTD – 17.63 Ha.

DRAFT EIA REPORT

CHAPTER –III

DESCRIPTION OF

ENVIRONMENT

3 - 28

3.7.4. Soil Analysis Results in the Study Area

The summarized analysis results of the soil samples in the study area are presented in the

Table3.12

Table 3.12 Soil Analysis Results

S.No Parameter Unit S1 S2 S3 S4 S5

1. pH (1:5) Aq Extract -- 7.5 6.9 6.8 7.2 6.4

2. Conductivity

(1:5 Aq Extract)

mhos

/cm 155 131 115 144 165

3.

Texture

(a) Sand

(b) Silt

(c) Clay

%

41.4

15.4

43.2

40.8

18.1

41.1

42.9

16.4

40.7

40.2

18.5

41.3

43.4

16.3

40.3

4. Bulk Density gm/cm3 1.13 1.32 1.31 1.21 1.16

5. Moisture Content % 3.6 4.1 4.8 5.1 5.4

6. Available Nitrogen as N kg/ha 84 118 126 107 116

7. Available Phosphorous as P kg/ha 38.7 53.6 61.2 50.3 52.4

8. Available Potassium as K kg/ha 172 245 256 198 241

9. Exchangeable Sodium as Na mg/kg 148 174 149 161 154

10. Exchangeable Calcium as Ca mg/kg 146 154 149 160 169

11. Exchangeable Magnesium as

Mg mg/kg 24.2 37.1 31.3 32.1 31.7

12. Water Soluble Chlorides as Cl mg/kg 195 202 197 208 208

13. Water Soluble Sulphates as

SO4 mg/kg 15.6 19.7 17.2 18.1 19.8

14. Organic matter % 0.42 0.72 0.61 0.56 0.69

15. Organic Carbon % 0.26 0.53 0.59 0.50 0.48

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/S S.K. SARAWAGI & CO PVT LTD – 17.63 Ha.

DRAFT EIA REPORT

CHAPTER –III

DESCRIPTION OF

ENVIRONMENT

3 - 29

3.7.5 Summary of Soil Analysis Data

The analytical results of the soil samples collected during the study period are

summarized below.

The pH of the soil is an important property; vegetation cannot grow in low and high

pH value soils. The normal range of pH in the soils is 6.0 to 8.5. The pH values in the

study area are varying from 6.4 to 7.5 indicating that the soils are falling in neutral

soil.

Based on the electrical conductivity, the soils are classified into four groups (Normal,

Critical for germination, Critical for growth of the sensitive crops, Injurious to most

crops). The electrical conductivity in the study area is varying from 115 to 165 micro-

mhos per centimetre (μmhos/cm). This is good for germination

The other important parameters for characterization of soil for irrigation are the

primary nutrients – Nitrogen, Phosphorus and Potassium (N, P, K) and the secondary

nutrients—Calcium, Magnesium and Sulphur (Ca, Mg, S). The primary and secondary

nutrient elements are known as major elements. This classification is based on their

relative abundance, and not on their relative importance.

Nitrogen encourages the vegetative development of plants by imparting a healthy

green colour to the leaves. The available Nitrogen as N in the study area is varying

from 84 to 126 kg/ha. This is good for crops when compared with soil standards.

Phosphorus influences the vigour of plants and improves the quality of crops. In the

study area available, Phosphorus was found in varying quantities of 38.7 to 61.2

kg/ha. This is average sufficient level when compared to soil standards.

Potassium enhances the ability of the plants to resist diseases, insect attacks, cold and

other adverse conditions. The available potassium in the study area varies between

172 to 256mg/kg. This is average level for crops.

Organic Carbon in the study area ranges from 0.26 to 0.59%. This is an average

sufficientlevel for crops.

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/S S.K. SARAWAGI & CO PVT LTD – 17.63 Ha.

DRAFT EIA REPORT

CHAPTER –III

DESCRIPTION OF

ENVIRONMENT

3 - 30

Based on the above results, the soils in the region are good fertile enough for cultivation

of crops except project site.

3.7.6 Standard Soil Classification

S.No Soil Test Classification

1. pH <4.5 Extremely acidic

4.51- 5.50 Very strongly acidic

5.51-6.00 moderately acidic

6.01-6.50 slightly acidic

6.51-7.30 Neutral

7.31-7.80 slightly alkaline

7.81-8.50 moderately alkaline

8.51-9.0 strongly alkaline

>9.00 very strongly alkaline

2. Electrical Conductivity (ppm)

(1ppm = 640 μmhos)

Upto 1.00 Average

1.01-2.00 harmful to germination

2.01-3.00 harmful to crops (sensitive to salts)

3. Organic Carbon Upto 0.2: very less

0.21-0.4: less

0.41-0.5 medium,

0.51-0.8: on an average sufficient

0.81-1.00: sufficient

>1.0 more than sufficient

4. Nitrogen (Kg/ha) Upto 50 very less

51-100 less

101-150 good

151-300 Better

>300 sufficient

5. Phosphorus (Kg/ha) Upto 15 very less

16-30 less

31-50 medium

51-65 on an average sufficient

66-80 sufficient

>80 more than sufficient

6. Potassium (Kg/ha) 0 -120 very less

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/S S.K. SARAWAGI & CO PVT LTD – 17.63 Ha.

DRAFT EIA REPORT

CHAPTER –III

DESCRIPTION OF

ENVIRONMENT

3 - 31

120-180 less

181-240 medium

241-300 average

301-360 better

>360 more than sufficient

(Source: Hand Book of Agriculture, ICAR, New Delhi)

3.8 NOISE ENVIRONMENT

3.8.1 Identification of Sampling Locations

Noise at different generating sources has identified based on the activities in the village

area and the noise at sensitive areas. A detailed survey on noise environment was carried

in and around the project site to study the levels of noise, as the high dB (A) levels may

cause adverse effect on human beings and associated environment, including structures,

domestic animals and natural ecological systems. The locations were identified keeping

in view the land use pattern and environmental setting. Spot noise levels were measured

using a precision noise level meter at project site and residential areas in all eight

locations were covered with in study zone.

3.8.2 Methodology

The monitoring was carried out at each location for a period of 24hrs, once in a season.

The locations were identified keeping in view the land use pattern and environmental

setting. The day levels of noise have been monitored during 6 am to 10 pm and the night

levels during 10 pm to 6 am. The Ld, Ln and Ldn were calculated based on the hourly

Leq values. Spot noise levels were measured using a precision noise level meter at

residential areas and existing project area, in all five locations which were covered with

in study zone. The noise levels include vehicular movement and local activities.

Noise levels were recorded for every 15minutes in a clock hour for a continuous 24-hour

period at all locations.

3.8.3 Noise Monitoring Locations -The noise monitoring locations along with their distance

from project are mentioned in the below Table 3.13.

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/S S.K. SARAWAGI & CO PVT LTD – 17.63 Ha.

DRAFT EIA REPORT

CHAPTER –III

DESCRIPTION OF

ENVIRONMENT

3 - 32

Table 3.13 Noise Monitoring Locations

S.

No Location

Station

Code

Direction

from

Project

Site

Distance

w.r.t

Project

Site

Latitude and

Longitude

Environment

al Setting

1 Project site N1 --- --- 18°17'35.68"N

83°38'26.91"E

Mine Area

2 Peripi N2 SW 4.2 18°15'55.97"N

83°36'44.63"E

Residential

Area

3 Venkatapuram N3 SW 4.1 18°16'14.73"N

83°40'20.00"E

Residential

Area

4 Palavalasa N4 SSW 2.5 18°16'14.73"N

83°38'6.59"E

Residential

Area

5 Aridivalasa N5 WSW 5.0 18°17'2.89"N

83°35'33.86"E

Residential

Area

6 Seethubhimavaram N6 NE 4.0 18°19'38.31"N

83°39'52.66"E

Residential

Area

7 Penasam N7 NNW 4.8 18°19'30.70"N

83°40'39.59"E

Residential

Area

8 Geddakancharam N8 NNE 4.5 18°20'15.12"N

83°39'4.01"E

Residential

Area

3.8.4 Description of Locations:

N1 – the location has been selected to assess noise levels in the existing project site.

N2, N3, N4, N5, N6, N7 and N8 – the locations have been selected to assess noise levels

near to the project in residential areas with light Vehicular Movement.

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/S S.K. SARAWAGI & CO PVT LTD – 17.63 Ha.

DRAFT EIA REPORT

CHAPTER –III

DESCRIPTION OF

ENVIRONMENT

3 - 33

Fig 3.5Noise Monitoring Locations

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/S S.K. SARAWAGI & CO PVT LTD – 17.63 Ha.

DRAFT EIA REPORT

CHAPTER –III

DESCRIPTION OF

ENVIRONMENT

3 - 34

3.8.5 Noise Levels in the Study Area

The noise level monitored during the study period is given in Table3.14 in the form of

Lday, Lnight and Ldn compared with CPCB Standards.

Table 3.14 Noise Levels in the Study Area

Location

Code

Environmental

Setting

CPCB norms

Leq dB(A) Leq dB(A)

day

Leq dB(A)

night Day Night

N1 Project site 75 70 61.4 48.4

N2 Residential 55 45 51.6 37.6

N3 Residential 55 45 53.5 44.8

N4 Residential 55 45 49.4 36.2

N5 Residential 55 45 47.7 35.7

N6 Residential 55 45 46.6 34.8

N7 Residential 55 45 51.8 40.4

N8 Residential 55 45 42.5 31.5

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/S S.K. SARAWAGI & CO PVT LTD – 17.63 Ha.

DRAFT EIA REPORT

CHAPTER –III

DESCRIPTION OF

ENVIRONMENT

3 - 35

GRAPHICAL PRESENTATION OF AMBIENT NOISE LEVELS

IN THE STUDY AREA

61.4

51.6 53.549.4 47.7 46.6

51.8

42.5

75

55

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

N1 N2 N3 N4 N5 N6 N7 N8

No

ise

Va

lue

s

Sampling Locations

Equivalent Noise Day Time Leq dB(A)

Leq dB(A) day Industrial Residential

48.4

37.644.8

36.2 35.7 34.840.4

31.5

70

45

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

N1 N2 N3 N4 N5 N6 N7 N8

No

ise

Va

lue

s

Sampling Locations

Equivalent Noise Night Time Leq dB(A)

Leq dB(A) night Industrial Residential

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/S S.K. SARAWAGI & CO PVT LTD – 17.63 Ha.

DRAFT EIA REPORT

CHAPTER –III

DESCRIPTION OF

ENVIRONMENT

3 - 36

3.9 GEOLOGY AND HYDROGEOLOGY

3.9.1 Topography

A gently undulating plain, standing at about 100 m above MSL is the physiographic

characteristic of the study area. Due to little operations of mine, the lease area is not

covered much with ramps. The area is elevated towards North and northwest, sloping

towards East. The elevation on northern side is 102m, eastern side is 98m, southern side

is 104m and on western side is 103m. The pits mined are up to 101m RL.

3.9.2 Drainage

The area is sloping towards North East; hence, the rainwater flows towards North East.

The seepage water as well as rain water accumulated in the mine pit is used for mining

operations/water sprinkling and irrigation. There is no major drainage pattern in this area

except tiny seasonal rills.

3.9.3 Local Geology

Most of the mining Lease area is formed by Khondalite & Quartzite and veins of

Manganese. The major Manganese vein is formed in the strike direction of NW-SE with

steep dip of 70o towards South. The country rock of Khondalite is formed as a foot wall

on the Southern side and the Quartzite mixed with Khondalite is exposed as hanging wall

on Northern side of the main vein. Due to softness of Khondalite, it is eroded and formed

as plane land with soil cover on Southern side and the Quartzite is remained as elevated

surface on the Northern side due to its resistance of weathering. The Manganese ore is

probably confirmed to the zone of weathering in Khondalite. The Manganese is available

as lensoidal bodies with alternative bends of Khondalite and Quartzites bands. The

average width of the manganese ore zone variesfrom15 m to 30m. Based upon the

exposures of host rock of manganese on ultimate pit limit are has been demarcated

around the mineralised zone. The ore lenses essentially follow the foliation of the host

Khondalite i.e., with NNW-SSE strike and steep dips towards ENE. Most of the deposit

are striking NE-SW with a dip angle of 80° towards Southeast. There are three

mineralized zone found the lease area.

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/S S.K. SARAWAGI & CO PVT LTD – 17.63 Ha.

DRAFT EIA REPORT

CHAPTER –III

DESCRIPTION OF

ENVIRONMENT

3 - 37

Manganese:

The manganese ore in this area has Mn 10 to 25%, SiO2 15 to 22% and Fe 7 to 16%. The

raw manganese is fine to medium grained dark brown to black colour and it is known as

Pyrolusite.

Khondalite:

It is fine grained, thick bedded, soft in nature and shows in light brown.

Quartzite:

Massive, crystalline, very hard and shows in brown colour.

3.9.4 Geomorphology and Geo-hydrology

The main landforms are structural ridges or hogbacks with intermittent softer migmatitic

rocks forming low plains referred to as pediplain pediment complex. The coastal plain is

made of beach ridges, tidal flats and lagoons. A 100 m high scarp is seen along the coast

imprints of sea erosion such as caves, wave cut benches, notches and pitted surfaces. The

groundwater in the major part of the district within the Eastern Ghats super group of

rocks is fracture controlled the potentially is high along the fractures and it is low to

moderate away from fractures. The permeability in these rocks is 0.50-20 m/day and

specific yield is 0.005-0.025 ltrs/sec. The ground water occurs at shallow depths in flood

plains.

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/S S.K. SARAWAGI & CO PVT L

DRAFT EIA REPORT

Fig 3.

3.9.5 Soil

The district is characteriz

the southern part. Coastal

lateritic soil occurs in the

land; flood plains are cov

3.9.6 Geotechnical Character

The area has been demarc

bearing capacity/compres

the rock types vary from

good. The entire area f

controlled, hence is vulne

F

LTD – 17.63 Ha.

CHA

DESC

ENVI

6Geomorphology of Vizianagaram District

zed by red loamy soil in the northern part and r

l alluvial and sandy soils are seen in the coastal

e northeastern part. Upper part of the district is c

vered by arable land and the rest by grass lands.

ristics and Natural Hazards

cated into two engineering geological provinces

ssive strength and foundation characteristics. Be

m low to high and the foundation characteristics

falls under Seismic Zone-II. The coast is er

erable to tremors. The coastal area is prone to cy

APTER –III

RIPTION OF

IRONMENT

3 - 38

red sandy soils in

plain. A patch of

covered by forest

s mainly based on

earing capacity of

are poor to very

rosion type fault

yclonic storms.

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/S S.K. SARAWAGI & CO PVT LTD – 17.63 Ha.

DRAFT EIA REPORT

CHAPTER –III

DESCRIPTION OF

ENVIRONMENT

3 - 39

3.9.7 Land Use Studies

Studies on land use aspects of eco-system play important roles for identifying sensitive

issues, if any, and taking appropriate actions for maintaining the ecological balance in the

development of the region.

3.9.8 Ground water Prospects

Ground water occurs in all most all geological formations and its potential depends upon

the nature of geological formations, geographical setup, and incidence of rainfall,

recharge and other hydrogeological characters of the aquifer. In consolidated formations

ground water occurs under unconfined to semi-confined conditions. Ground water is

developed in these formations by dug wells, dug cum bore wells and bore wells tapping

weathered and fractured zones.

The yields are in the range of 20 to 70 m3/day. The occurrence of fractures in the

crystalline formations is limited down to 30 to 40 m bgl and occasionally extends down

to 70 - 100 mbgl. The bore wells constructed in the crystalline formations generally tap

the weathered and fractured zones. The yield of the bore wells generally ranges between

80 to 400 m3/day. (Fig 3.7)

The higher yields are limited to the available thickness of fractured and jointed zones. In

the meta sediments the yields are very limited and are in the range of 10 to 80 m3/day.

Higher yields occur in limestone formations. Ground water in semi-consolidated

formations occurs under unconfined to confined conditions. Ground water is developed in

these formations by dug cum tube wells and tube wells. These formations are potential

aquifers. The yields of the dug cum tube wells are in the range of 30 to 45 m3/day.

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/S S.K. SARAWAGI & CO PVT LTD – 17.63 Ha.

DRAFT EIA REPORT

CHAPTER –III

DESCRIPTION OF

ENVIRONMENT

3 - 40

Fig. 3.7Ground water prospects in Vizianagaram District

3.10 LAND USE/LAND COVER

Land use Land Cover map is prepared by adopting interpretation techniques of the image

classification. Image classification has been done by using supervised classification of

satellite images by running an training sample manage based on colours, various

activities has been included in the preparation of Land Use Land Cover Maps such as

Satellite Image/Data Acquisition, Preprocessing, Rectification, Ground Truthing etc.,

Satellite Images are processed and producing LULC maps are being done by using Arc

GIS 10.6.

The basic purpose of land use pattern and classification in an EIA study is to identify the

manner in which different parts of land area is utilized or not utilized. Remote sensing

data provides reliable accurate baseline information for land use mapping as it is a rapid

method of acquiring upto date information of over a large geological area.

Studies on land use aspects of eco-system play an imperative role in identifying

susceptible issues and to take appropriate action to uphold ecological equilibrium in the

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/S S.K. SARAWAGI & CO PVT LTD – 17.63 Ha.

DRAFT EIA REPORT

CHAPTER –III

DESCRIPTION OF

ENVIRONMENT

3 - 41

region. The main objective of this section is to provide a baseline status of the study area

covering 10 km radius around the proposed plant site so that temporal changes due to the

industrial activities on the surroundings can be assessed in future.

The objectives of Land use Pattern are to:

Determine the present Land use pattern

Analyze the impacts on Land use due to the proposed plant site in the study area

Study area with proposed unit as 10 km radius from the core area is considered for

land use study.

Methodology:

The overall methodology adopted and followed to achieve the objectives of the present

study involves the following steps:

Procurement of Satellite images.

Collection of source data of Survey of India (SOI) topo sheets. These are the main

inputs for the preparation of essential layers

Atmospheric and Radiometric corrections of Satellite data by using nearest

neighborhood resampling technique

Preparation of basic themes like layout map, transport & settlement map and contour

map from the source data. Then updating of layout map, transport map and drainage

map from the satellite image by visual interpretation

Performing image analysis in ArcGIS and Extraction of whole satellite image into

study area, processing and producing various maps such asLULC, Contour Maps,

Digital Elevation Maps, Drainage Maps.

Preliminary quality check and necessary corrections are carried out forall the maps.

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/S S.K. SARAWAGI & CO PVT LTD – 17.63 Ha.

DRAFT EIA REPORT

CHAPTER –III

DESCRIPTION OF

ENVIRONMENT

3 - 42

Fig 3.8 Flow Chart of Methodology

3.10.1 LULC Study:

The LULC Study has been done for the 10km radius area from the Sri Karlam

Manganese Mine of S.K. Sarawagi & Co. Pvt. Ltd. project site (17.63 Ha) by using

visual interpretation techniques in Arc GIS 10.6. Output of the map has been provided in

1:50000 scale, along with LULC MAP 10KM Radius False Colour Composite Map and

True Colour Composite maps also provided below.

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/S S.K. SARAWAGI & CO PVT LTD – 17.63 Ha.

DRAFT EIA REPORT

CHAPTER –III

DESCRIPTION OF

ENVIRONMENT

3 - 43

Fig 3.9: False Colour Composite Image of the 10 km radius of the Karlam Manganese mine

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/S S.K. SARAWAGI & CO PVT LTD – 17.63 Ha.

DRAFT EIA REPORT

CHAPTER –III

DESCRIPTION OF

ENVIRONMENT

3 - 44

Fig 3.10: Satellite Image of the 10 km radius of the Karlam Manganese mine

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/S S.K. SARAWAGI & CO PVT L

DRAFT EIA REPORT

Interpretation

Total study area for the p

occupied by Agricultural

in the area. Plantation an

respectively. Whereas Fo

total study area. Builtup A

covered 863 Ha (2.6%). T

use classes are listed belo

Table 3.15 Land

S.No. Classification

1 Agricultural land

2 Builtup

3 Forests

4 Minedout area

5 Plantation

6 Scrub land

7 Waterbody

Total

Fig: 3.11 Land

2

Agricultural land

Plantation

F

LTD – 17.63 Ha.

CHA

DESC

ENVI

proposed project is 33189 Ha. Major portion of t

Land (13718 Ha i.e., 41.33%) it represents the w

nd Scrub land covered 23.41% & 22.71% of

orests covered 0.6%, Mined out area covered

Area (Habitation) occupied 2926 Ha (8.82%) an

The area distributions along with percentage of

ow table 3.15 and Figure 3.11.

Use Land Covers Statistics of Buffer Zone

Area, Ha Percentage, %

d 13718 41.33

2926 8.82

198 0.6

266 0.8

7679 23.14

7538 22.71

863 2.6

33189 100

Use Land Covers Statistics of Buffer Zone

41.33

8.82

0.60.8

23.14

22.71

2.6

LULC Statistics

Builtup Forests Minedout area

Scrub land Waterbody

APTER –III

RIPTION OF

IRONMENT

3 - 45

the study area

water scarcity

the total area

0.8 % of the

nd water body

different land

%

4

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/S S.K. SARAWAGI & CO PVT LTD – 17.63 Ha.

DRAFT EIA REPORT

CHAPTER –III

DESCRIPTION OF

ENVIRONMENT

3 - 46

3.10.2 Digital Elevation Maps

A digital elevation model (DEM) is a digital representation of ground surface

topography or terrain. It is also widely known as a digital terrain model (DTM). A

SRTM DEM file has been used for preparation of Digital Elevation maps. In a DEM

each cell having a value corresponding to its elevation. By adding Hill shading tool, a

reader can see the relationship between terrain and other things. Digital Elevation

Model or Digital Terrain Model map has been shown in the Figure 3.12.

3.10.3 Contour Map

A contour line connects a series of equal elevation points, the contours have been

generated in the GIS environment with reference to the mean sea level by using the

DEM (Digital Elevation Model) data, the elevation values has been verified.

Thereafter final contour map has been prepared with combination of Toposheet and

DEM with contour interval of 10 m. In the study area highest contour observed as

301m of MSL towards South and South East direction of the project site and lowest

contour is 19m of MSL that is situated towards South East direction of the project

site. Contour Map for the proposed project study area has been shown in the below

Figure 3.13.

3.10.4 Drainage Map

Drainage Map for the study area has been developed in the GIS Environment by using

Digital Elevation Model. Methodology involved for producing of Drainage maps has

been discussed below. Strahler method of ordering is used for developing drainage

map for the study area. Based on the elevation profiles of the study area drains will be

formed as First order, Second Order, Third Order and so on. Accuracy of the maps

has been verified by using Ground Truthing Technique. One first order stream is

being passed through the project site, Stream Network of the study area as shown in

the Figure 3.14.

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/S S.K. SARAWAGI & CO PVT LTD – 17.63 Ha.

DRAFT EIA REPORT

CHAPTER –III

DESCRIPTION OF

ENVIRONMENT

3 - 47

Fig 3.12Land Use & Land Cover Map within the 10 km radius of Karlam Manganese mine

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/S S.K. SARAWAGI & CO PVT LTD – 17.63 Ha.

DRAFT EIA REPORT

CHAPTER –III

DESCRIPTION OF

ENVIRONMENT

3 - 48

Fig 3.13 Contour levels within the 10 km radius of Karlam Manganese mine

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/S S.K. SARAWAGI & CO PVT LTD – 17.63 Ha.

DRAFT EIA REPORT

CHAPTER –III

DESCRIPTION OF

ENVIRONMENT

3 - 49

Fig 3.14 Digital Elevation Map of Karlam Manganese mine

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/S S.K. SARAWAGI & CO PVT LTD – 17.63 Ha.

DRAFT EIA REPORT

CHAPTER –III

DESCRIPTION OF

ENVIRONMENT

3 - 50

Fig 3.15Map showing water bodies within the 10 km radius of Karlam Manganese mine

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/s S.K. SARAWAGI & CO PVT LTD – 17.63 Ha.

DRAFT EIA REPORT

CHAPTER –III

DESCRIPTION OF

ENVIRONMENT

3 - 51

3.10.5 Prediction of Impacts during Construction Phase

3.10.5.1Land Environment

As project site falling over Mining area and terrain is a gently undulating plain and

road accessibility is available near project site. Settlement areas are falling beyond

0.58 km radius.

3.10.6 Impact on Land Use

Table 3.16 Summary of anticipated impacts during operation phase

Discipline Potential

Impacts

Probable

Source

Mitigation

Measures Remarks

Land

Change in land

use

Scrub land

to barren

due mining

activities

Suggested to develop

green belt around

project site and more

protection to be

adopted during mining

activities

--

3.11. BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT

Introduction

The term biological environment covers the prevalence of all living forms plants and

animals both terrestrial and aquatic areas. Living forms cover a very wide spectrum of

species and even a small area may have thousands of species if all bacteria, protozoa,

worms, insects, plants, animals and birds are to be included. In the present study,

higher taxa (trees, shrubs, herbs, climbers, sedges and grasses) and fauna (mammals,

birds, reptiles and amphibians) are covered for impact assessment purpose. It is

needless to emphasize that living system is extremely complicated. They are directly

affected by changes in the physical environment but may often either adapt or avoid

the adverse environment.

The main objective of the ecological survey is aimed to find out baseline status of

flora and fauna of the study region. An ecological survey of the study area was

conducted particularly with reference to listing of species and assessment of the

existing baseline ecological conditions in the study area.

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/s S.K. SARAWAGI & CO PVT LTD – 17.63 Ha.

DRAFT EIA REPORT

CHAPTER –III

DESCRIPTION OF

ENVIRONMENT

3 - 52

Study area

The study area comprises thorny-scrub vegetation which is very much exposed due to

biotic factors and the present condition is highly eroded and is primarily responsible

for the development of Thorny-scrub vegetation. In such open low forests, high

percentage of thorny and usually a few hard-wood species predominate where the

canopy is open. The common tree and shrubby species in these areas are Ziziphus

mauritiana, Hugonia mystax, Dichrostachys cinerea, Diospyros chloroxylon, Cassia

auriculata, Phyllanthus reticulata, Randia dumetorum, Carissa carandus, and

Glycosmis mauritiana.

Methodology

Flora

Vegetation and plant species composition observed and documented during field visit

in and around the project in the monsoon season. Besides primary surveys in the

project sites, published literature and various floras were consulted to prepare an

inventory of plant species growing at project sites. The vegetation of the study area is

highly degraded. The plant diversity is classified into various plant groups such as

tree, shrubs, herbs, climbers, sedges and grasses. The plant diversity survey in the

project area was undertaken during the monsoon season with the objectives of

preparing a checklist of flora in the study area.

Fauna

Information pertaining to the existence of migratory corridors and breeding habitats of

endangered and threatened fauna were assessed based on the information provided

by the local inhabitants and forest department personnel. The conservation status of

each faunal species recorded from the project areas were ascertained as per schedules

of Indian wildlife (protection) Act, 1972 and IUCN -Red Data Book (RDB).The

survey of faunal elements of core and buffer zone were assessed as per the following

sampling techniques:

Taxonomy Sampling techniques

Butterflies Random walk, Opportunistic observations

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/s S.K. SARAWAGI & CO PVT LTD – 17.63 Ha.

DRAFT EIA REPORT

CHAPTER –III

DESCRIPTION OF

ENVIRONMENT

3 - 53

Amphibians Visual encounter survey (Search)

Reptiles Visual encounter survey (Search)

Birds Random walk, Opportunistic observations

Mammals Tracks and Signs, and

Fishes Landings

Terrestrial Ecology

Flora

The vegetation in the area is characterized by thorny vegetation growth. Trees in the

area are very sparse. Due to long anthropogenic pressures, the wild tree growth has

become almost confined to small trees. Large areas of this land covered with herbs

and grasses. The most dominant species in buffer zone is Cashew and Mango

plantations which do not have large old growth trees but mostly regeneration in the

form of seedlings and saplings. These seedlings and saplings represent the under

growth and replace the shrubby vegetation. The list of plant species explored from

both core and buffer zones of the study area is given in the following Table 3.17.

Table 3.17 Flora enumerated from both Core and Buffer zones of the existing

mining site.

S.No. Plant name Common name Family Habit

1 Abutilon indicum Tutturabenda Malvaceae H

2 Acacia auriculiformis Acacia Mimosaceae T

3 Acalypha alnifolia Euphorbiaceae H

4 Acalypha indica Muripindi Euphorbiaceae H

5 Achyranthes aspera Dechena Amaranthaceae H

6 Aerva lanata Pindi kura Amaranthaceae H

7 Almania nodiflora Amaranthaceae H

8 Alysicarpus monilifer Amera Fabaceae H

9 Amaranthus spinosa Needle burr Amaranthaceae H

10 Amaranthus viridis Thotkura Amaranthaceae H

11 Anacardium occidentale Jeedi Anacardiaceae T

12 Andrographis echioides Acanthaceae H

13 Annona squamosa Seetaphalamu Annonaceae T

14 Antigonon leptopus Railway creeper Polygonaceae Cl

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/s S.K. SARAWAGI & CO PVT LTD – 17.63 Ha.

DRAFT EIA REPORT

CHAPTER –III

DESCRIPTION OF

ENVIRONMENT

3 - 54

15 Apluda mutica Poaceae G

16 Aristida adscensionis Poaceae G

17 Aristida funiculata Puthiksgaddi Poaceae G

18 Aristida setacea Paraka gaddi Poaceae G

19 Arundinella pumila Poaceae G

20 Asystasia gangetica Acanthaceae H

21 Atylosia scaraboides Fabaceae H

22 Azadirachta indica Vepa Meliaceae T

23 Blepharis molluginifolia Acanthaceae H

24 Boerhavia diffusa Atikamamidi Nyctaginaceae H

25 Borassus flabellifer Thatichettu Arecaceae T

26 Borreria hispida Madanaku Rubiaceae H

27 Brachiaria semiverticellata Korama gaddi Poaceae G

28 Breynia vitis-idaea Coral Berry Tree Phyllanthaceae S

29 Calotropis gigantea Jilledu Asclepioadaceae S

30 Canthium parvoflorum Balusu Rubiaceae S

31 Carissa carindus Vaaka Apocynaceae Cl

32 Cassia auriculata Tangedu Caesalpiniaceae S

33 Cassia occidentalis Kasintha Caesalpiniaceae H

34 Casuarina equisetifolia Kajurina Casuarinaceae T

35 Chloris barbata Uppu gaddi Poaceae G

36 Cleome viscosa Kukkavaminta Cleomaceae H

37 Coccinia indica Kakidonda Cucurbitaceae Cl

38 Commelina benghalensis Kodukalu Commelinaceae Se

39 Corchorus acutangulus Nelabera Tiliaceae H

40 Crotalaria hebecarpa Fabaceae H

41 Croton bonplandianum Galivanamokka Euphorbiaceae H

42 Cynodon dactylon Gariki Poaceae G

43 Cynotis axillaris Golla gundi Commelinaceae Se

44 Cyperus rotundus Thunga Cyperaceae Se

45 Dactyloctenium aegyptium Crow foot Poaceae G

46 Datura stramonium Ummetha Solanaceae S

47 Dichrostachys cinerea Veluthuru chettu Mimosaceae S

48 Desmodium triflorum Munta m andhu Fabaceae h

49 Dipterocanthus prostratus Acanthaceae H

50 Eragrostis poaeoides Gobbi gaddi Poaceae G

51 Eragrostis tenella Small blade grass Poaceae G

52 Euphorbia hirta Nanubalu Euphorbiaceae H

53 Evolvulus alsynoides Vishnukrantha Convolvulaceae H

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/s S.K. SARAWAGI & CO PVT LTD – 17.63 Ha.

DRAFT EIA REPORT

CHAPTER –III

DESCRIPTION OF

ENVIRONMENT

3 - 55

54 Evolvulus nummularius Convolvulaceae H

55 Ficus bengalensis Banyan tree Moraceae T

56 Ficus religiosa Indian peepal tree Moraceae T

57 Fimbristylis congesta Cyperaceae Se

58 Glycosmis mauritiana Golimi Rutaceae S

59 Gmelina arborea Gummudu teku Verbenaceae T

60 Gomphrena decumbens Neeru bogada Amaranthaceae H

61 Hedyotis corymbosa Rubiaceae H

62 Hemidesmus indicus Indian Sarsaparila Asclepiadaceae Cl

63 Hugonia mystax Pisangi Linaceae Cl

64 Hyptis suaveolens Sima tulasi Lamiaceae H

65 Indigofera aspalathoides Nela Vempali Fabaceae H

66 Indigofera ennaephylla Yerra palleru Fabaceae H

67 Ipomoea pes-tigridis Tiger's Foot Convolvulaceae H

68 Jatropha gossypifolia Seema nepalamu Euphorbiaceae H

69 Kyllinga nemoralis Cyperaceae Se

70 Lantana camara Gajupulu Verbenaceae S

71 Launaea sarmentosa Beach Launaea Asteraceae H

72 Leucas aspera Tella tummi Lamiaceae H

73 Merremia tridentata Convolvulaceae H

74 Micrococca mercurialis Euphorbiaceae H

75 Mimosa pudica Attipatti Mimosaceae H

76 Mollugo nudicaulis Pedda paripata Molluginaceae H

77 Morinda tinctoria Thogaru Rubiaceae T

78 Ocimum americanum Bhutulasi Lamiaceae H

79 Opuntia dillenii Slipper Thorn Cactaceae S

80 Oxalis corniculata Pulichinta Oxalidaceae H

81 Passiflora foetida Tella jumiki Passifloraceae Cl

82 Pavonia odorata Chitti benda Malvaceae H

83 Pavonia zeylanica Karu benda Malvaceae H

84 Pedalium murex Pedda palleru Pedaliaceae H

85 Pennisetum orientale Fox tail grass Poaceae G

86 Perotis indica Indian Comet Grass Poaceae G

87 Phoenix lourerii Chitti eetha Arecaceae S

88 Phoenix sylvestris Date palm Arecaceae T

89 Phragmites karka Eela karra Poaceae G

90 Phyllanthus amarus Nela usiri Euphorbiaceae H

91 Phyllanthus debilis Euphorbiaceae H

92 Phyllanthus maderaspatensis Ranavali Euphorbiaceae H

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/s S.K. SARAWAGI & CO PVT LTD – 17.63 Ha.

DRAFT EIA REPORT

CHAPTER –III

DESCRIPTION OF

ENVIRONMENT

3 - 56

93 Phyllanthus reticulatus Pindi karra Euphorbiaceae S

94 Prosopis juliflora Sarkaruthumma Mimosaceae T

95 Randia dumetorum Manga chettu Rubiaceae S

96 Rhynchosia minima Nela alumu Fabaceae H

97 Rothia indica Fabaceae H

98 Ruellia tuberosa Acanthaceae H

99 Sebastiania chamaelea Euphorbiaceae H

100 Setaria verticillata Bristly fox tail Cyperaceae G

101 Sida acuta Chittemu Malvaceae H

102 Sida cordata Gayapaku Malvaceae H

103 Sida cordifolia Chiru benda Malvaceae H

104 Solanum indicum Vankudu Solanaceae S

105 Sorghum halepanse Gala Poaceae G

106 Spinifex littoreus Ravanasura meesalu Poaceae G

107 Syzygium cumini Neredu Myrtaceae T

108 Tamarindus indica Chinta Fabaceae T

109 Tephrosia maxima Fabaceae H

110 Tephrosia purpurea Vempali Fabaceae H

111 Tephrosia villosa Nugu vempali Fabaceae H

112 Terminalia alata Nalla maddi Combretaceae T

113 Thespesia populnea Indian tulip Malvaceae T

114 Tragia involucrata Duradagondi Euphorbiaceae H

115 Tribulus terrestris Palleru Zygophyllaceae H

116 Tridax procumbens Gaddichamanti Asteraceae H

117 Triumfetta rhomboidea Dekki Tiliaceae H

118 Tylophora indica Goripala Asclepioadaceae H

119 Vernonia cinerea Garita kammi Asteraceae H

120 Vigna trilobata Ulavalu Fabaceae H

121 Waltheria indica Nallabenda Sterculiaceae H

122 Wattaka volubilis Pala teega Asclepioadaceae Cl

123 Wrightia tinctoria Ankudu Apocynaceae T

124 Xanthium strumarium Marulamatangi Asteraceae H

125 Ziziphus mauritiana Regu Rhamnaceae Cl

126 Zornia diphylla Fabaceae H

127 Zornia gibbosa Fabaceae H

Cl-Climber; G-Grass; Herb; S-Shrub; Se-Sedge; T-Tree

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/s S.K. SARAWAGI & CO PVT LTD – 17.63 Ha.

DRAFT EIA REPORT

CHAPTER –III

DESCRIPTION OF

ENVIRONMENT

3 - 57

Fauna

Fauna compiled on the basis of sighting during field survey in the area and also from

the information collected from villagers and forest in the area. The checklist gives the

zoological name, common name and schedules of wild life found in the area. The

mammalian fauna is very less due to lack of well developed forests. So, some

common mammalian species like Mus rattus rattus, Bandicoota bengalensis and

Herpestes edwardsi found. Some resident birds of the area are Carvus splendens,

Acridotheres tristis, Streptopelia chinensis, and Dicrurrus adsimilis available in the

study area. Commonly found reptiles in the area are Calotes versicolor, Hemidactylus

fretanus and Bangarus cirulis. In addition to the wildlife, commonly found domestic

animals such as cow, buffalo, goat, sheep, dog, cat etc. and lower life forms such as

ant, spider, butterfly, bee, wasp, and termite are also observed in the study area. Fauna

reported in the study area is given in Table 3.18.

Table3.18 List of faunal diversity observed in core and buffer zones of the study area.

S. No. Zoological Name Common Name Status in

wildlife(Protection) Act

Mammals

1 Mus rattus rattus Common House Rat Schedule-V, Section, 6

2 Bandicoota bengalensis Bandicoot Rat Schedule-V, Section, 6

3 Herpestes edwardsi Indian Grey mongoose Schedule-IV, Section, 6A

Birds

1 Bubulcus ibis Cattle egret Schedule-IV, Section,11

2 Ardeola grayii Indian pond heron Schedule-IV, Section,11

3 Milvus migrans Black kite Schedule-IV, Section,11

4 Streptopelia chinensis Spotted dove Schedule-IV, Section,11

5 Alcedo atthis Small blue kingfisher Schedule-IV, Section,11

6 Halcyon smyrensis White-breasted kingfisher Schedule-IV, Section,11

7 Merops orientalis Small bee-eater Schedule-IV, Section,11

8 Acridotheres tristis Common myna Schedule-IV, Section,11

9 Venellus indicus Red-wattled lapwing Schedule-IV, Section,11

10 Psittakula krameri Rose ringed parakeet Schedule-IV, Section,11

11 Pyccnonotus cafer Red-vented bulbul Schedule-IV, Section,11

12 Coracias benghalensis Indian roller Schedule-IV, Section,11

13 Turdoides caudatus Common babbler Schedule-IV, Section,11

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/s S.K. SARAWAGI & CO PVT LTD – 17.63 Ha.

DRAFT EIA REPORT

CHAPTER –III

DESCRIPTION OF

ENVIRONMENT

3 - 58

14 Centropus sinensis Crow pheasant Schedule-IV, Section,11

15 Dicrurrus adsimilis Black drango Schedule-IV, Section,11

16 Carvus splendens House crow Schedule-V, Section,1

17 Carvus macrorhynchos Jungle crow Schedule-V, Section,1

Reptiles

1 Calotes versicolor Garden Lizard Schedule-IV

2 Hemidactylus fretanus Walllizard Schedule-IV

3 Bangarus cirulis Krait Schedule-IV

Amphibians

1 Rana tigrina Bull frog Schedule-IV

2 Bufo malanosticus Common Toad Schedule-IV

Butterflies

1 Pachliopta hector Crimson Rose Schedule-IV

2 Papilio demoleus Lime Butterfly Schedule-IV

3 Junonia almana Peacock pansy Schedule-IV

4 Hypolimnas bolina Great eggfly Schedule-IV

5 Euploea core Common Crow Schedule-IV

6 Neptis hylas Common Sailor Schedule-IV

7 Catopsilia sps Emigrant Schedule-IV

Aquatic Ecology

There are several small village tanks on all sides within the 10 Km buffer zone. Most

tanks were either totally or partially dry during the period of survey. The present

survey is confined to fresh water environment only. Apart from the River and the

tanks, the aquatic environment is also represented by paddy fields and a few stagnant

water ponds. In addition to these village tanks, drains, and paddy fields provide

the aquatic habitat for a variety of very common aquatic plants and animals.

All the aquatic plant species listed in Table 3.19 is found in the study area

only.

Table 3.19 List of aquatic / semi aquatic macrophytes found in the study

area

Scientific name Family Status

Ammania baccifera Lythraceae Very common medicinal plant

Alternanthera

philoxeroides

Solanaceae Predominant occasionally

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/s S.K. SARAWAGI & CO PVT LTD – 17.63 Ha.

DRAFT EIA REPORT

CHAPTER –III

DESCRIPTION OF

ENVIRONMENT

3 - 59

Brachiaria mutica Poaceae Sporadic

Carex cruciata Cyperaceae Occasional

Chrysopogon aciculatus Poaceae Occasional

Echinochloa colona Poaceae Occasional

Eichhornia crassipes Pontederiaceae Extensive and widespread

Ipomoea aquatica Convolvulaceae Extensive and widespread

Marsilia quadrifoliata Marsiliaceae Very common Pteridophyte

Nelumbo nucifera Nelumbiaceae Very common

Nymphaea nouchali Nympheaceae Widely scattered

Nymphaea stellata Nympheaceae Widely scattered

Nymphoides hydrophylla Nympheaceae Scattered

Pistia stratoites Araceae Widespread

Typha angustata Typhaceae Extensive and widespread

3.12 SOCIO - ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT

Overview

The socio economic study includes the processes of analyzing, monitoring and

managing the intended and unintended social consequences, both positive and

negative aspects. The socio-economic baseline on demographic patterns, economic

and livelihood profile and infrastructure facilities, community perception and

mitigation measures in the study area. Based on the data is compiled in this section,

the impact assessment will predict and evaluate any potential impacts of the project

on the local community, livelihoods and other social systems.

The study area presented in the socio-economic baseline comprises of the following:

Project location – within the limits of Karlam Village, Chipurupalli Mandal,

Vizianagaram District, Andhra Pradesh.

Profile of settlements within a radius of 10 km around the project location.

The socio-economic baseline has been prepared on the basis of a review of available

secondary sources of information as well as primary consultations in the locality of

the project area. Apart from this, a sample survey of 50 has also been undertaken to

assess community perceptions about the project.

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/s S.K. SARAWAGI & CO PVT LTD – 17.63 Ha.

DRAFT EIA REPORT

CHAPTER –III

DESCRIPTION OF

ENVIRONMENT

3 - 60

Socio economic Environment -Secondary Source

Collection of baseline data including brief profile of district and study area

,demographic details, such as households, population, literacy, employment pattern,

livelihood, general health, tribal, transport, communication and welfare facilities such

as hospitals, industries, educational institutions, need assessment and other details will

be covered as per the requirements of MoEF.

Demographic Profile

Brief profile of Vizianagaram District

Vizianagaram is the main city of the Vizianagaram District of North Eastern Andhra

Pradesh in Southern India. Vizianagaram district was formed on 1 June 1979, with

some parts carved from the neighboring districts of Srikakulam and Visakhapatnam. It

is, at present, the largest municipality of Andhra Pradesh in terms of population. It is

located about 18 km inland from the Bay of Bengal, and 52 km southwest of

Visakhapatnam.

One becomes nostalgic when one looks at the proud and undestroyed forts of

antiquity. The land, inhabited by high spirited rajahs, passionate poets and writers is

not a stone, which is everywhere. Ipso facto it is a diamond, which is rare. If India is a

land of precious stones, one such jewel embedded on the Indian soils is the district

Vizianagaram. It is one among the north in Coastal Andhra.

Administrative Setup

The District is divided into 2 Revenue Divisions (Vizianagaram and Parvathipuram),

34 Mandals, 14 towns and 1,520 villages. The District is naturally divided into Coastal

Plains and Upland Zones. The district’s northern region is under parvatipuram revenue

division and comprises mostly of agency tract with hill ranges viz., Dumakonda,

Antikonda, Palakonda, Kodagandi and Gamatikonda. These are part of Eastern Ghats

and they run North-East to South-West direction parallel to the coast. On an average

the height of these hills is 914 meters & the highest peak is found at 1615 meters.

These hilly areas are seen with dense forest grown with wooded trees and

nature beautiful locations. There are 3 parliamentary and 9 assembly

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/s S.K. SARAWAGI & CO PVT LTD – 17.63 Ha.

DRAFT EIA REPORT

CHAPTER –III

DESCRIPTION OF

ENVIRONMENT

3 - 61

constituencies in the district. The five municipalities in Vizianagaram district are

Vizianagaram, Bobbili, Salur and Parvatipuram.

Population and Literacy

According to 2011 census the district has a total population of 23, 44,474 out of which

11, 61,477 are males and 11, 82,997 are females. The district has a sex ratio of 1019

females for every 1000 males. In the year 2001-2011 the population growth rate in

the district was 4.23% out of which 3.75% are males and 4.72% are females. The

major religion in the district is Hindu with 98.07% of the total population. As per 2001

census the principal language in the district is Telugu with 94.84%.

Table 3.20 Demographic details of Vizianagaram district

Demographics: Population (2011)

District Population Male Female

Total Vizianagaram 2344474 1161477 1182997

Andhra Pradesh 49386799 24738068 24648731

India 1210569573 623121843 587447730

Rank of District in State 13 13 13

Rank of District in India 193 201 183

Rural Vizianagaram 1853563 920428 933135

Andhra Pradesh 34776389 17445803 17330586

India 833463448 427632643 405830805

Rank of District in State 13 13 13

Rank of District in India 145 149 143

Urban Vizianagaram 490911 241049 249862

Andhra Pradesh 14610410 7292265 7318145

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/S S.K. SARAWAGI & CO PVT LTD – 9.356 Ha.

DRAFT EIA REPORT

CHAPTER –III

DESCRIPTION OF

ENVIRONMENT

3 - 62

Table 3.21 Demographical details of the Mandal

Name

No_H

H

TO

T_P

TOT

_M

TO

T_F

P_

06

P_

SC

P_

ST

P_L

IT

P_I

LL

TOT_W

ORK_P

TOT_WO

RK_M

TOT_WO

RK_F

NON_WO

RK_P

Cheepurupalle (total) 15047 63408 31498 31910 6953 6500 571 32261 31147 31176 18711 12465 32232

Gulivindada

Agraharam 1363 5301 2593 2708 528 141 21 2679 2622 2484 1519 965 2817

Sumitrapuram 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Purreyavalasa 279 1242 634 608 136 0 112 590 652 704 379 325 538

Ramalingapuram 385 1472 715 757 180 147 0 781 691 906 473 433 566

Viswanadhapuram 119 627 297 330 65 79 0 235 392 461 224 237 166

Mettapalle 841 3474 1772 1702 414 344 24 1520 1954 1741 1092 649 1733

Alajangi 480 1853 951 902 218 421 11 839 1014 1051 557 494 802

Ravivalasa 599 2552 1328 1224 303 285 0 1192 1360 1224 772 452 1328

Anjaneyapuram 644 2619 1360 1259 283 214 28 2117 502 773 620 153 1846

Vijayarampuram 129 629 307 322 73 0 0 281 348 410 208 202 219

Aridivalasa 108 475 240 235 30 0 0 207 268 289 150 139 186

Peripi 538 2385 1239 1146 259 97 20 948 1437 1358 755 603 1027

Purushothama

Swamivari

Lakshmipuram 173 734 367 367 104 0 0 338 396 450 240 210 284

Parla 434 1824 944 880 218 78 4 713 1111 986 532 454 838

Pothayavalasa

(Itakarlapalle) 91 390 203 187 53 55 0 166 224 238 125 113 152

Itikarlapalle 265 1130 593 537 136 159 0 495 635 590 339 251 540

Gollalamulagam 455 2089 1061 1028 259 265 0 850 1239 1218 636 582 871

Gollalapalem 208 1013 506 507 127 126 0 519 494 574 300 274 439

Chinanadipalle 170 725 364 361 76 223 30 309 416 456 205 251 269

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/S S.K. SARAWAGI & CO PVT LTD – 9.356 Ha.

DRAFT EIA REPORT

CHAPTER –III

DESCRIPTION OF

ENVIRONMENT

3 - 63

Peddanadi Palle 398 1839 932 907 230 535 0 852 987 903 608 295 936

Gatchalavalasa 180 773 402 371 82 151 28 304 469 461 256 205 312

Karakam 279 1148 561 587 135 105 0 513 635 569 362 207 579

Sankupalem 101 487 265 222 61 15 0 210 277 271 144 127 216

Karlam 995 4583 2318 2265 541 322 41 1662 2921 2523 1434 1089 2060

Pathikayavalasa 404 1730 874 856 199 228 0 745 985 1031 540 491 699

Sivarampuram 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Nimmalavalasa 320 1291 643 648 153 175 101 569 722 629 373 256 662

Devarapodilam 379 1384 715 669 128 294 0 578 806 757 426 331 627

Gunidam 178 805 413 392 81 235 0 328 477 347 242 105 458

Palavalasa 544 2152 1075 1077 257 47 0 850 1302 1182 662 520 970

Bhoolokapathivarakattu 444 1835 948 887 225 105 6 864 971 1122 594 528 713

Cheepurupalle (CT) 3544 14847 6878 7969 1399 1654 145 10007 4840 5468 3944 1524 9379

Source: http://censusindia.gov.in/pca/cdb_pca_census/Houselisting-housing-AP.html

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/S S.K. SARAWAGI & CO PVT LTD

DRAFT EIA REPORT

CHAPTER –III

DESCRIPTION OF

ENVIRONMENT

3 - 64

Economical resources

Agriculture is the backbone of the economy in this district. More than half of its rural

population is engaged in agriculture in order to earn their livelihood. Since the district

has no big irrigation project, the farmers of the study areas are solely dependent on rain

water. The chief agricultural products in the district are paddy, groundnut, cotton,

sugarcane, pulses, etc. Every year a huge chunk of revenue comes from the agricultural

products in the district helps in its economy to a great extent.

The study area and Vizianagaram have rich in industrial resources which are utilized

by the FACOR andother industries. Sometime its economy is based on industrial sector

as well. The foremost industries in the district are Ferro Alloys Corporation Limited,

Jindal Stainless Limited, Andhra Ferro Alloys Limited, Matrix Laboratories Limited,

HBL Power systems Limited, APSRTC Garage and Zonal Workshop, Vizianagaram

Andhra Pradesh Tanneries Limited,etc.

Agricultural Resources:

The project area is predominantly an agricultural district as 68.4% of the workers are

engaged in Agriculture and about 82% of the population of the District is living in rural

area s and depend on agriculture for their livelihood. Rain fed farming is the

characteristic of Agriculture in the District as about 80% of its area is cultivated purely

under Rain fed conditions. Even the rest of the area which is termed as irrigated area is

mostly dependent on the rainfall received in the District. In view of the un assured

irrigation conditions in the district majority of crops grown are dry crops. Paddy crop is

irrigation conditions in the district majority of crops grown are dry crops. Paddy crop is

cultivated mainly during Kharif season with 80% of its area under tank fed conditions

which is turn depend on the local rainfall. The major crops grown in the District are

Paddy, Ragi, Bajra, Sugarcane, Pulses, Mestha, Cotton, Maize, Korre Chillies,

Seasonal Tobbaco and Groundnut. The average yields obtained in the district are low

due to the erratic rainfall generally received in the district.

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/S S.K. SARAWAGI & CO PVT LTD

DRAFT EIA REPORT

CHAPTER –III

DESCRIPTION OF

ENVIRONMENT

3 - 65

Live Stock Resources:

The Live stock maintained by the inhabitants are non descriptive type in majority and

mostly less productive. Cross breeding program was taken up in the district. The sheep

in the district are non descriptive type while pigs belong to Zenu type. According to

2007 live stock census, the Live stock population is 13.70 lakhs of which 4.91 lakhs

are cattle, 2.59 lakhs are buffaloes and 3.88 lakhs are sheep. The Poultry population of

the District is 19.65 Lakhs. 150 veterinary institutions including hospitals are

functioning in the district as on 31.3.2003.

Industry

The industrial development in the district generally agriculture based and consists of

Jute mills, Sugar factories, Rice and Oil mills and Tiles manufacturing units. The

industrial deposits are utilized by the FACOR and other industries. There are

520 factories registered under the Factories Act in 2005 in the district employing about

27,800 workers (males and females).

Transport and Communications

The District is well served by roads and railways. About 260.44 kms route length of

broad gauge railway line with 31 railway stations (2015-16, DES) is serving the needs

of the people. Vizianagaram railway station is a junction for the routes Chennai-

Kolkata and Visakhapatnam-Rayagada.

The network of National highways, State highways, District roads and Panchayat roads

is shown in the nearest airport and seaport are 65 KM (approximately) away at

Visakhapatnam. A new International Airport is coming up near Bhogapuram in the

district which is the only international airport in the north coastal districts. APSAC

carried out detailed mapping of Panchayat raj roads using high resolution satellite data

and developed a web application.

Tourism

The district has several centers of attraction which allures many travelers from

different parts of the country as well as all over the globe. Vizianagaram fort, a

beautiful fort in the district was constructed by Vijayarama Raju-I in 1713 A.D. on the

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/S S.K. SARAWAGI & CO PVT LTD

DRAFT EIA REPORT

CHAPTER –III

DESCRIPTION OF

ENVIRONMENT

3 - 66

auspicious day of Vijaya Dashmi. The Victory arch was the main entrance to the

Vizianagaram fort. Furthermore, there is a temple of Lord Hanuman on one side and

Goddess Lakshmi on the other within the complex of the fort. The Moti Mahal,

constructed in 1869 by Vijayarama Raju-III is situated in the district. The monument is

the evident of the glorious past of the district. Alaknanda Palace, built in 1857 for the

royal guests provide its visitors with all comforts of life with some mesmerising natural

sceneries and man-made beauty. Some other notable places of interest in the district

are Korukonda Palace, Perla Vari home, Bobbili Fort, Raj Mahal, Bobbili Guest

House, Thotapalli Barage, Oudh Khana, Ganta Stambham Ramathirtham,

Tripuranthaka swamy temple, Govindapuram, Kumili village, Moddukovillu temple,

Gostani sarovar vihar, and many more.

PRIMARY DATA AND COMMUNITY PERCEPTIONS

A primary survey was conducted to predict the intended and unintended consequences

in the study area. A method of survey and Focused Group Discussion (FGD) were

administered for this study. In this regard, samples of 50 participants from

Pedanadepalli, Gachalavalasa, Mulagam, Itakarlapalli villages were participated in this

survey. The study area was categorized on the basis of the distance of the villages

from project site. First zone was indentified from 0-5 km radius area, Second zone

in 5-10 km radius area from the project site.

The respondents were asked for their awareness/opinion about the project and also of

their opinion about the impacts of the project which is an important aspect of

socioeconomic environment viz. job opportunities, education, health care, housing,

transportation facility and economic status. Apart from the demographical and other

primary information, the survey questionnaire contains 41 items with 6 major

dimensions such as: 1) Economical; 2) Public Infrastructure and services; 3)

Social/cultural; 4) Environmental; 5) Health and well-being 6) Psychological/personal

Community perception

Projects are intended to modify social and natural environments in order to create or

enhance the economic, health, educational and other benefits that are valued by

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/S S.K. SARAWAGI & CO PVT LTD

DRAFT EIA REPORT

CHAPTER –III

DESCRIPTION OF

ENVIRONMENT

3 - 67

society. This goal, however, can be denied through unanticipated or unintended

negative social or environmental impact. To identify the community perception, the

team has collected the data from the nearest villages. This connection, the survey has

focused on six major areas such as: 1) Economical; 2) Public Infrastructure and

services; 3) Social/cultural; 4) Environmental; 5) Health and well-being 6)

Psychological/personal. These dimensions contain 41 items by covering positive and

negative questions.

Economical impact

It is observed from the nature of the project and response of participants that the

various infrastructures should be needed to this project for employability. In this

process, some human resource will be required on contract and regular bases in

technical and non technical areas. Once the mining work stared, it is approximately

estimated a total of 87 workers will be required for this expansion project.

The project is enclosed with different villages, whereas most of these workers are

likely to be from the project area, because the surrounding villages are having human

resource with skilled, semi skilled people and unskilled. These people will be recruited

as technical back ground like; technicians, service providers, tipper driver, machine

operators, supervisors in this project. The uneducated human beings will be useful as

labor and helpers. Hence, there would be more economical flow and the people who

are in the middle and low poverty line can be come out through employability due to

this project. An influx of population into the project area, including contracted

construction teams, will increase the demand for goods and services. Increases in

income-earning opportunities will also increase spending potential, providing

opportunities for supply of such services, indirectly increasing the overall wealth of the

area.

Employment with skill development programs:

If the management takes the initiative steps towards skill development programs to the

local community will be useful to generate the number direct and indirect opportunities

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/S S.K. SARAWAGI & CO PVT LTD

DRAFT EIA REPORT

CHAPTER –III

DESCRIPTION OF

ENVIRONMENT

3 - 68

to the local community. As a result, both management and local people might be

benefited. The management can be benefited in the form of hire the local people with

reasonable salaries, more support from local communities and this training program

can be included as part of CSR activity. On the other hand, the local community will be

getting assistance in the form enhancing their skills, permanent or contract base

employment opportunity and many other tangible and non tangible benefits.

Social & Cultural impacts:

It was also observed from the survey; there will not be any out migration from project.

But, a very less people might be stayed due to employability form outside study area.

Other than there is no rehabilitation plan. With regards to cultural aspect, it can be said

that people were positively responded towards this project. Hence, It can be said that

people may not be have break ups with cohesion, may not have any differences in

social and cultural norms due to this project.

Health & wellbeing impacts:

In general, the mining site loaded with tipper, and drilling machines any other vehicles

may temporarily generate ambient noise and fugitive, dust from roads. Noise and air

quality studies are included in the EIA and associated impacts need to refer to the

social environment. But, the site is situated far away to the community livings. Hence,

it can be concluded there would be any negative impact on communities with this

project. Another side, the wellbeing of the local people will be developed in the form

of direct and indirect employment.

Public infrastructure & Services

It is estimated that the project would be caused for Improvement in communication,

transport, education, community development and medical facilities. The infrastructure

development, extension of new roads for smooth transportation of vehicle, increase of

private services due to the activity, frequent health camps will be campaigned for local

people. By increasing of connectivity, people have more opportunities to enrich their

business in various sectors.

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/S S.K. SARAWAGI & CO PVT LTD

DRAFT EIA REPORT

CHAPTER –III

DESCRIPTION OF

ENVIRONMENT

3 - 69

Personal and psychological Impact

It is observed from personal and psychological context, most of the respondents have

positive attitude towards this project. Participants felt that have more economical and

infrastructure benefits due to this project. And another words, it come to known people

have thought of expression towards encouraging new industries. Hence, this could be

more helpful to the coming generations, in context of education, business and

employment aspect.

Socio-economic development

As a part of the social responsibilities, the project proponent will take up the

following peripheral developmental works.

Encouraging entrepreneurship among locals by vocational training. Health camps

and free medical services

Helping to the poor student and Govt. schools like, books, infrastructure, school

uniforms.

Cultural activities in the villages

Preferential employment to the local people depending upon their qualification and

suitability of post.

Need Assessment

Primary consultations identified certain key expectations that are also indicative of the

local community’s attitude towards industrial development in the study area:

Job opportunities to the local community during construction and operations;

Educational facilities for local village people in the form providing infrastructure

to the Govt. schools, helping for poor students etc.;

Addition to civic amenities such as drinking water, extinction of roads

Expectations on health facilities or frequent health camps;

Skill development programs to the unemployed educated people

Free medical camp facilities to the villages specifically for old people and women.

CHAPTER – IV

ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS &

MITIGATION MEASURES

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/s. S.K. SARAWAGI & CO PVT LTD – 17.63 Ha.

DRAFT EIA REPORT

CHAPTER-IV

ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS &

MITIGATION MEASURES

4 - 1

4.0 INTRODUCTION

The mining activity is likely to make significant changes in land use and land pattern. This

activity may alter existing Environmental conditions, biological attributes, existing

ecosystem and associated biodiversity. The mining projects have positive as well as

negative impacts on Environment. Keeping in mind the Environmental baseline scenario as

detailed in Chapter III and the project activity described in Chapter II, it is attempted to

predict the likely impacts, their extent on various parameters and likely mitigation measures

to be adopted.

Impact prediction is a very important phenomenon in evaluating the environmentally

potential adverse impacts for existing mining project. The impact prediction is always

carried out under worst possible conditions so as to mitigate or to eliminate the

Environmental hazards. These predictions thus calculated are superimposed over the

baseline data (the quality of Environment in the vicinity of the project site) so as to calculate

the net impact on the Environment after the project comes into production.

Table 4.1 Expected Nature of Impacts

ASPECT IMPACT

Fugitive dust,

Air emissions.

Effects on air quality, ecology due to increase in PM10

& PM2.5, SO2, NOX and Free silica levels depending up

on the type of process and energy requirements of an

industry.

Noise emissions

Effects on community noise environment of the region

due to increase in day night equivalent noise levels.

Transportation Impact on existing infrastructure.

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/s. S.K. SARAWAGI & CO PVT LTD – 17.63 Ha.

DRAFT EIA REPORT

CHAPTER-IV

ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS &

MITIGATION MEASURES

4 - 2

Table4.2 Identified/Predicted Environmental Impacts with & without Mitigation Measures

S.No Description Activity Effect Impact

without

mitigation

measure

Mitigation measure

proposed

Impact after

mitigation

Remarks

1 Air Pollution Excavation

Fugitive dust

effecting ambient

air quality & health

effects

High Covered aprons with nose

masks will be provided to

the work force.

Regular water sprinkling to

control dust suspension.

Blasting operations are

avoided in this mine.

Area covered by plantation

is 0.4241 hectares of the

lease hold area. In addition

to the existing greenbelt,

1200 plants will be planted

over an area of 1.27 ha

within the lease area.

Low Localized effect

which can be

mitigated

Transport Fugitive dust

effecting air quality

High Vehicles covered with

tarpaulin.

Low. Localized effect

which can be

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/s. S.K. SARAWAGI & CO PVT LTD – 17.63 Ha.

DRAFT EIA REPORT

CHAPTER-IV

ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS &

MITIGATION MEASURES

4 - 3

& health effect. Water sprinkling on the

haulage road.

Reduction of vehicular

speed to 25KMPH.

Haul road compaction and

grading at periodic

intervals.

Green belt development is

proposed on either side of

the haulage road

mitigated.

Final material

Loading &

Dispatch.

Fugitive dust

effecting air quality

& health effect

High Covered aprons with nose

masks will be provided to

the work force.

Vehicles covered with

tarpaulin.

Water sprinkling on the

haulage road

Reduction of vehicular

speed to 25KMPH.

Haul road compaction and

grading at periodic

Low Localized effect

which can be

mitigated

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/s. S.K. SARAWAGI & CO PVT LTD – 17.63 Ha.

DRAFT EIA REPORT

CHAPTER-IV

ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS &

MITIGATION MEASURES

4 - 4

intervals.

Green belt development is

proposed on either side of

the haulage roads.

2 Water

Pollution &

Soil erosion

Run off from

surroundings

into ML area

Siltation of the

surrounding area.

High

Mining activity will be

above water table.

The seepage and rain water

collected in the mine pit is

being used for regular water

sprinkling and watering

plants.

Low Negligible effect

which can be

mitigated

3 Noise

Pollution

Operation of

Excavator &

transport

machinery

Increase in Ambient

noise levels

Health effects

Medium Selection of suitable

machinery and equipment.

Proper mounting of

equipment

Providing noise insulation/

rubber padding for

equipment

wherever practicable

Machinery will be fitted

with properly designed

Low Localized effect

which can be

mitigated

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/s. S.K. SARAWAGI & CO PVT LTD – 17.63 Ha.

DRAFT EIA REPORT

CHAPTER-IV

ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS &

MITIGATION MEASURES

4 - 5

noise acoustic silencers.

Proper maintenance and

periodic lubrication of noise

generating parts of the

machines.

Green belt will be

developed within buffer

area and along the approach

road.

4 Biological &

Socio-

economic

aspect

Operational

activities of mine

The mine area

having thorny-scrub

vegetation which

consists of mainly

Diospyros sps,

Ziziphus and

Carissa sps. No

significant effect as

either core or buffer

zone are not

ecologically

sensitive

Low Area covered by plantation

is 0.4241 hectares of the

lease hold area. In addition

to the existing greenbelt,

1200 plants will be planted

over an area of 1.27 ha

within the lease area.

Negligible Negligible effect

which can be

mitigated

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/s. S.K. SARAWAGI & CO PVT LTD – 17.63 Ha.

DRAFT EIA REPORT

CHAPTER-IV

ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS &

MITIGATION MEASURES

4 - 6

Positive socio

economic effect.

-- Medical/first aid facilities.

Employment opportunities.

Water supply

communication

strengthening. Green belt

development with saplings

along the safety zone of ML

area and approach road.

Positive --

5 Occupational

Health &

Safety

Operational

activities of mine

Pulmonary health

effects predicted

and other minor

accidents.

High Provision of appropriate

PPE viz., nose masks, hand

gloves, shoes, helmet, ear

plugs, uniforms

First aid/Medical check

facilities

Low Medical/ Life

insurance &

Workman

compensation

procedures will

be followed.

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/s. S.K. SARAWAGI & CO PVT LTD – 17.63 Ha.

DRAFT EIA REPORT

CHAPTER-IV

ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS &

MITIGATION MEASURES

4 - 7

4.1 AIR QUALITY

The impact on air quality due to the Manganese ore production expansion from 1500 TPA

to 40055.94 TPA is limited to the mining lease area. The impact zone of Manganese ore

mining is mainly within the mining lease area. The dust generation during the loading

operations is minimum. The major dust emission is from transportation. The mine is in

operation at its rated capacity and the baseline ambient air quality values monitored during

winter season reflects the emissions in the area. The impact due to transport of material has

been considered to estimate the contribution of dust levels to the existing ambient air quality

by the mine.

4.1.1 Quantitative estimation of impacts on air environment

The following options have been employed to predict the ground level concentrations due to

emissions from mine.

1. Area being rural, rural dispersion parameters is considered.

2. Predictions have been carried out to estimate concentration values over radial distance of

10 km around the sources.

3. Polar receptor network has been considered.

4. Emission rates from the point sources and area sources were considered as constant

during the entire period.

5. The ground level concentrations computed were as is basis without any consideration of

decay coefficient.

6. Calm winds recorded during the study period were also taken into consideration.

7. Site specific meteorological data to estimate ground level concentrations for period of

October 2021 to December 2021.

4.1.2 Sources of dust emission

Mining will be carried out by opencast method mainly involve excavation by excavators and

directly loads into trucks. Based on the various operations involved in the production, the

various emission sources at each stage have been identified as given below.

a. Area sources

b. Line sources

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/s. S.K. SARAWAGI & CO PVT LTD – 17.63 Ha.

DRAFT EIA REPORT

CHAPTER-IV

ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS &

MITIGATION MEASURES

4 - 8

No blasting is required and only excavation by excavators and directly loads into the trucks

& tippers operations of the mine are considered as area sources. Drilling is carried out at

only required places. Transportation from mining pit to stock pile area and stockpile to end

users is considered as line sources. The impact of above sources on air environment is

discussed below:

4.1.3. Emission details

All the emissions discussed above are quantified for material handling of 40055.94 TPA

(Max). The existing baseline concentrations are already covered in the baseline scenario.

The emissions are computed based on AP-42 emission factors. Operational hours and

activity rate have been considered for estimation of emissions from point and area sources.

For line source, apart from operational hours and activity rate, moisture and silt content of

the haulage road have been considered.

4.1.4. Meteorological data

The meteorological data recorded continuously during the months of October 2021 to

December 2021 on hourly basis on wind speed, wind direction and temperature has been

processed to extract the 24 – hourly meteorological data.

4.1.5 Assumptions made in the prediction of air pollution impacts

For the purpose of computation of rise in the ground level concentrations due to mining

operations, the following assumptions have been considered.

Mining operations are carried out for a period of 8-10 hours a day and hence it is not a

continuous source of emission. And other operations may not be simultaneous and

continuous. However, for the prediction of worst case concentration, the sources mentioned

in the above are assumed to be under simultaneous and continuous operation for 8-hours.

4.1.6. Summary of predicted ground level concentrations of particulate matter

By using the above-mentioned inputs, ground level concentrations due to the mining

activities have been estimated to know the incremental rise and distance of impact in the

study area.

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/s. S.K. SARAWAGI & CO PVT LTD – 17.63 Ha.

DRAFT EIA REPORT

CHAPTER-IV

ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS &

MITIGATION MEASURES

4 - 9

The major activity being transport from the working pit to the stock pile and stock pile to

end users, the dust levels are distributed all along the transport route from the mine.

4.1.7. Air Quality Mitigation Measures

As already indicated the ground level concentration of PM10, is well within limits. There are

no blasting or crusher activities at site hence no major air pollution issues occur.

In addition to the above the following measures will be adopted:

1. Effective watering at the time of mining operation i.e., excavation and loading.

2. Development of green belt.

3. Material should be transported by truck which will be covered by tarpaulin.

4. Sprinkling of water over unpaved roads.

Controlling fugitive dust

Apart from mining, the other source of dust generation is the transport of the material by

tippers from mine to the concern site. Adequate control measures are therefore to be taken

during transportation and loading operations. These control measures are discussed in the

following paragraphs.

Mines

The emission of dust is restricted within the extraction and loading site and use of water

spraying system at source result in suppression of dust emission.

Haul road and stock piles

Dust suppression system (water sprinkling) will be adopted on the roads used for

transportation. Other measures include.

Transport vehicles will be maintained leak proof to conserve and minimize water loss.

Water sprinklers will be fitted at all loading/transfer points.

Preventing dispersal of air borne dust

In addition to the control measures proposed, during mining and transport operations,

following steps would be taken to prevent air pollution due to air born dust. Dense tree

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/s. S.K. SARAWAGI & CO PVT LTD – 17.63 Ha.

DRAFT EIA REPORT

CHAPTER-IV

ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS &

MITIGATION MEASURES

4 - 10

plantation will be done around the mine and along the roads. Watering of roads will be

done.

Controlling gaseous emissions

Since the proposed activities are not expected to generate considerable gaseous emissions

such as NOx and SO2, hence there is no need of any special measures.

The following are the air pollution controlling measures during operation.

Water sprinkling arrangements such as specially fabricated tankers mounted on

tippers are deployed at mine site to control the fugitive dust generation on roads

The vehicles and machinery are kept in well-maintained condition so that emission

of fugitive constituents is minimized.

Tall trees with an average height of 5 m are developed all along the boundary of the

lease area to minimize the dispersion of the dust from the mining.

Periodical monitoring of air quality to take steps to control the pollutants.

4.2 WATER ENVIRONMENT

4.2.1 Impacts on surface water bodies and control measures

The operation of Manganese ore mining activity the water will be used for

drinking/domestic purpose and dust suppression/plantation purpose. Hence, no impact on

the quality of surface and ground water is expected. Whereas the core zone will ultimately

fall in safe zone, there is no possibility of any changes in the water quality. The chemical

analysis of water samples collected reveal that there is no significant change in the

constituents and surface water and ground water in the nearby mining areas have remained

suitable for all purposes and all constituents within the water standards of IS-10500-2004.

The total water requirement is about 19.0 KLD for various activities such as,

Green-belt watering

Dust suppression

Domestic use. No disposal of mine water is proposed in this project.

The water requirement will be met from tankers, no bore well is proposed. The mining

operations will be carried out throughout the year avoiding rainy season.

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/s. S.K. SARAWAGI & CO PVT LTD – 17.63 Ha.

DRAFT EIA REPORT

CHAPTER-IV

ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS &

MITIGATION MEASURES

4 - 11

4.2.2 Rain water harvesting

Rain water collected in mine pit will be allowed to soak into the ground for recharging the

ground water table. The excess rain water and seepage water in the mine pit is being

supplied used for mining operations/water sprinkling and irrigation.

4.2.3. Impacts on ground water table

The ground water is stuck at 450 m AMSL where as the mine working pits are located at

541 m AMSL. The mine workings will reach 316.52 m level by the end of the present plan

period. The seepage and rain water accumulated in the main pit is pumped out with the help

of 40 HP electrical pumps. The water is free from any deleterious constituents. Periodic

testing and monitoring of water quality will be carried out. The water collected in mine pit is

being used for water sprinkling/mining operations in addition to irrigation.

4.3 LAND ENVIRONMENT

Land environment is divided into the following three components

Solid waste management

Reclamation of degraded areas

Afforestation /Plantation/ Greenbelt development

4.3.1. Solid waste generation

There is no topsoil generation during the plan period. The waste material that will be

generated during the course of mining for Manganese ore comprises quartzites, quartzo

felspathic material, khondalite, etc. will be stacked separately In the existing dump. In the

review period about 31845.58 m3 of total waste is estimated to be generated. On an average

15922.79 m3 of waste will be generated yearly. The waste will be dumped in the northern

side (90.98 m2) having height 3.5 m over the existing dump (1.03 Ha). The rain-wash off

from the dumps will be prevented by providing garland channel of 2.0 m width over a

length of 300 m all along the dumps and also by erecting retaining walls of 1 m height over

a length of 294 m. The inactive dumps will be stabilized by plantation.

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/s. S.K. SARAWAGI & CO PVT LTD – 17.63 Ha.

DRAFT EIA REPORT

CHAPTER-IV

ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS &

MITIGATION MEASURES

4 - 12

4.3.2 i) Impact due to land degradation

The mine lease area of 17.63Ha is barren land owned by Government. However the

proponent is maintaining a buffer zone of 7.5 m length and the proponent has developed

green belt within the mine lease area of 0.4241 Ha and proposed to develop green belt to an

extent of 1.27 Ha., within mine lease area. The waste water generated from the domestic

front is mainly from toilets and will be treated in septic tank followed by soak pit.

ii) Land reclamation Control Measures

There is no major adverse impact of opencast mining activity which is mining of Manganese

ore. Since the land degradation is minimal and restricted only to the mining area and the

facilities within the mine lease boundary.

iii) Reclamation of land affected due to mining activities.

The lessee must take steps to keep the granted lease area under disturbance at any stage to

the minimum. This can be achieved by ensuring reclamation during excavation.

The land can be reclaimed at the end of mining life as the excavated pit may be partially

backfilled by overburden/mineral waste stored in the dump. The resulting pit after

backfilling will be used as water harvesting structure.

iv) Soil conservation measures and Top soil management

It is planned to reclaim the mine out land by backfilling which will commence after expiring

lease period.

v) Maintenance of road

The road for movement of trucks to the mine will be kept in good condition during the

reclamation/afforestation period till the mine is fully reclaimed and afforested. The material

required for planting and growth of plants and trees, measures, water etc. can be transported

to the site by trucks.

4.3.3 Program of Afforestation

Area covered by plantation is 0.4241 hectares of the lease hold area. In addition to the

existing greenbelt, 1200 plants will be planted over an area of 1.27 ha within the lease area.

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/s. S.K. SARAWAGI & CO PVT LTD – 17.63 Ha.

DRAFT EIA REPORT

CHAPTER-IV

ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS &

MITIGATION MEASURES

4 - 13

4.3.4 Impact on land use and reclamation measures

Open cast mining activity may alter the landscape of the lease area and also some

disturbance to the surface features of the surrounding areas. The total mine lease area is

about 17.63 Ha. During the ensuing mining plan review period an area of 0.6171 Ha of land

will be brought under mining, in addition to the exiting working area of 1.82 Ha . The mined

out area will be reclaimed by partially refilled by top soil. It can be used for Indigenous

plantation at the end of the mining activity.

4.3.5 Slope stability

During the planning period, the individual benches will be kept nearly vertical. Rock being

stable ultimate final pit slope will be kept at 30° with the horizontal by maintaining height

and width of benches of 6m.

The slope of dumps has been initially planned at the angle of repose of dump material.

However, as to attain final position, the slopes will be terraced and proper vegetation will be

laid which will cause lowering of the slope as well as binding of the soil, preventing any

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/s. S.K. SARAWAGI & CO PVT LTD – 17.63 Ha.

DRAFT EIA REPORT

CHAPTER-IV

ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS &

MITIGATION MEASURES

4 - 14

slope failure. Existing dump will be stabilized with development of grass species, after

reaching to its optimum height.

4.4 NOISE ENVIRONMENT

4.4.1 Impact due to Noise and Vibration

At mines, noise is generated by movement of machinery and transportation by vehicles, etc.

The noise level in the working environment are compared with the standards prescribed by

Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA-USA) which has been adopted and

enforced by the Govt. of India through model rules framed under Factories Act, 1980 and

CPCB 2000 norms. The summary of the permissible exposures in case of continuous noise

as per above rules is given below:

Table No 4.3Noise impact

Total time of exposure

per day in hour

Sound pressure

dB(A)

Remarks

1 2 ----

8.0 90 No exposure in excess of

115 dB(A) is permissible

6.0 92 --

4.0 95 For any period of exposure

falling in between any

figure and lower figure as

indicated in column (1), the

permissible sound is to be

determined by

extrapolation or

proportionate scale.

3.0 97

2.0 100

1 ½ 102

1 105

¾ 107

½ 110

¼ 115

Noise at lower levels (sound pressure) is quite acceptable and does not have any bad effect

on human beings, but when it is abnormally high- it incurs some maleficent effects. For the

operations, the noise is expected to be generated from machineries used for this project.

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/s. S.K. SARAWAGI & CO PVT LTD – 17.63 Ha.

DRAFT EIA REPORT

CHAPTER-IV

ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS &

MITIGATION MEASURES

4 - 15

During the mining the noise pollution can take place due to external transport machinery as

dumper/tractor etc.

4.4.2 Noise Control Measures

The ambient noise level monitoring carried out has revealed that the ambient noise levels

are well within the prescribed limits. However, the following measures will further tend to

abate the noise level and vibration:

No blasting is involved in this mine operation. Drilling is confined at only required

places.

A thick tree plantation.

Regular preventive maintenance of machinery and the transport vehicles.

Provision of silencers, to module the noise generated by the machines, where required.

Equipments with permissible noise level will be procured.

Provision of Protective Devices like ear muffs/ear plugs will be provided to workmen.

Control of ground vibrations

No blasting is required as the overburden and ore are soft and friable in nature. It will be

removed with excavator. Thus no ground vibrations are anticipated from this mine.

4.5 SOLID WASTE GENERATION AND STACKING OF WASTES

There is no topsoil generation during the plan period. The waste material that will be

generated during the course of mining for Manganese ore comprises quartzites, quartzo

felspathic material, khondalite, etc. will be stacked separately In the existing dump. In the

review period about 31845.58 m3 of total waste is estimated to be generated. On an average

15922.79 m3 of waste will be generated yearly. The waste will be dumped in the northern

side (90.98 m2) having height 3.5 m over the existing dump (1.03 Ha). The rain-wash off

from the dumps will be prevented by providing garland channel of 2.0 m width over a

length of 300 m all along the dumps and also by erecting retaining walls of 1 m height over

a length of 294 m. The inactive dumps will be stabilized by plantation.

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/s. S.K. SARAWAGI & CO PVT LTD – 17.63 Ha.

DRAFT EIA REPORT

CHAPTER-IV

ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS &

MITIGATION MEASURES

4 - 16

4.6 BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT

4.6.1. Impacts on Biological Environment

Mining activities generally result in the deforestation, land degradation, water, air and noise

pollution which directly or indirectly affect the faunal and floral status of the project area.

However, occurrence and magnitude of these impacts are entirely dependent upon the

project location, mode of operation and technology involved. Impact prediction is the main

footstep in impact evaluation and identifies project actions that are likely to bring significant

changes in the project environment. The present study was carried out to predict the likely

impacts of the existing manganese mine of Karlam Manganese mine of M/s. S.K. Sarawagi

& Co Pvt Ltd at Karlam Village surrounding environment with special reference to

biological attributes covering habitats/ecosystems and associated biodiversity.

The existing mining activities will include removal of some scattered herbaceous species of

Diospyros sps, Lantana camara, Ziziphus sps, Cyperus sps and other thorny species.

Although impacts on key habitat elements will occur on a local scale, but on a regional scale

they would not be critical for the life cycle needs of the species observed or expected.

Moreover the successive reclamation of mined out areas, following completion of mining

activities, will replace habitat resources for fauna species in this locality over a longer time.

Existing roads will be used; new roads will not be constructed to reduce impact on flora.

Wild life is not commonly found in the lease area and its immediate environs because of

lack of vegetal cover and surface water. Except domestic animals, wild animals commonly

observed are reptiles, fox, and some birds.

4.6.2. Mitigation Measures

Keeping all in mind the mitigations have been suggested under environmental management

plan. With the understanding of the role of plant species as bio-filter to control air pollution,

appropriate plant species (mainly tree species) have been suggested conceding the area/site

requirements and needed performance of specific species. Area covered by plantation is

0.4241 hectares of the lease hold area. In addition to the existing greenbelt, 1200 plants will

be planted over an area of 1.27 ha within the lease area.

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/s. S.K. SARAWAGI & CO PVT LTD – 17.63 Ha.

DRAFT EIA REPORT

CHAPTER-IV

ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS &

MITIGATION MEASURES

4 - 17

In order to compensate the loss of vegetation cover, it is suggested to carry out afforestation

program mainly in mine lease area earmarked for plantation program in different phases.

This habitat improvement program would ensure the faunal species to re-colonize and

improve the abundance status in the core zone. In order to improve the fodder availability

some of the grass species suggested growing within the plantation area proposed by the

proponent as silvopastural adaptation in the initial phase. Wherever mining is completed,

within that area (preferably flat terrain) some grass species can also grow simply sowing

grass seeds in pellet form after ploughing at sub-surface level before the onset of monsoon

season in phase manner. This can provide fodder for the local livestock and thereby reduce

grazing pressure in the nearby areas.

4.6.3. Greenbelt Development

Development of the green belt is one of the most sensitive issues and shall be done with due

care. Selection of proper locally grown species in addition to checking of their growth rate,

quality, thickness of canopy cover, etc. shall be duly done as it helps in abatement of

fugitive noise, reduce the pollution level, thus making the place worth dwelling for the

diversified species flora. The plant species suitable for green belt development need to be

selected based on the flowing criteria.

Native plant species will be preferred

Fast growing plants will be planted

Plants having thick canopy cover will be used

Preferably perennial and evergreen species will be selected

Plants having large leaf area index will be considered

Road sides will be planted with local vegetation

While making choice of plant species for cultivation in green belts, weightage has to be

given to the natural factor of bio-climate. It is also presumed that the selected plants will be

grown as per normal horticultural or forestry practices.

Trees are important sinks for air pollutants. Trees absorb noise and by enhancing the green

cover, improve the ecology and aesthetics and affect the local micrometeorology. Trees also

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/s. S.K. SARAWAGI & CO PVT LTD – 17.63 Ha.

DRAFT EIA REPORT

CHAPTER-IV

ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS &

MITIGATION MEASURES

4 - 18

have major long-term impacts on soil quality and the ground water table. By using suitable

plant species, green belts can be developed in strategic zones to provide protection from

emitted and noise.

In view of this, the list of species to be planted in the green belt area is illustrated below.

The suitable variety/species shall be finalized in consultation with local forest officer and

horticultural experts. Mixed plantation shall be done keeping optimum spacing between the

saplings.

Table 4.4 Selected lists of plant species for Greenbelt development

SI.No. Botanical name Family

1 Albizia odoratissima Mimosaceae

2 Azadirachta indica Meliaceae

3 Dalbergia sissoo Fabaceae

4 Feronia elephanta Rutaceae

5 Ficus benghalensis Moraceae

6 Ficus religiosa Moraceae

7 Hardwickia binata Fabaceae

8 Mangifera indica Anacariaceae

9 Polyalthia longifolia Annonaceae

10 Pongamia pinnata Fabaceae

11 Sapinduse marginatus Sapindaceae

12 Syzygium cumini Myrtaceae

4.7 TRAFFIC ANALYSIS

During mine operation :40055.94 TPA (after expansion)

Daily quantity : 160.22 TPD

Truck Capacity :20 Tons

No. of trucks deployed/day :8 trips/day

4.7.1 Impact on road network

Following control measures will implemented for traffic management.

Usage of project vehicles will be restricted near sensitive zones such as schools,

settlements etc.

Vehicular movement will be restricted to specific routes.

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/s. S.K. SARAWAGI & CO PVT LTD – 17.63 Ha.

DRAFT EIA REPORT

CHAPTER-IV

ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS &

MITIGATION MEASURES

4 - 19

Adequate training on traffic and road safety operations will be provided to the drivers.

Routine maintenance vehicles will be ensured to prevent any abnormal emissions and

high noise generation.

Road network within site and nearby site will be developed.

The entry and exit points carefully designed to avoid any disturbance to traffic and will

have enough buffer zone before merging into the main roads. However mine is

operational since last long and no issue related with traffic congestion.

Signal for speed limit will be placed and are maintained.

4.8 SOCIO-ECONOMIC CONDITIONS

4.8.1 Impact on socio-economic conditions

No displacement of people is envisaged from the ML area. The acquired ML area involves

17.63 Ha. So there is no loss of agricultural land. The surrounding inhabitants are mainly

agricultural oriented. Unemployment and under-employment are the main problems of

inhabitants.

Communication facilities are already present in the village and first aid facility, rest shelters

and other facilities will be provided by the proponent as Corporate Social Responsibility

which will be positively benefited the local population. Other beneficial impacts can be:

Increase in employment opportunities.

Enhance the capabilities of education.

Growth in service sectors.

Increase in consumer prices of indigenous produce and services, land prices, house rent

rates and labor cost.

Improvement in socio-cultural Environment of the study area.

Improvement in transport, communication, health and educational services.

The overall impact on the Socio economic Environment will be beneficial.

4.8.2 Impact on Human Settlement

The area is surrounded by few small villages and towns where some people are working as

daily labor. The main occupation of the local people is Cultivation and cattle rearing. The

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/s. S.K. SARAWAGI & CO PVT LTD – 17.63 Ha.

DRAFT EIA REPORT

CHAPTER-IV

ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS &

MITIGATION MEASURES

4 - 20

proposed mining project expansion will create employment opportunities to the local

people.

4.9 IMPACT ON OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY

During the high windy days in summer the sand could be the problems for eyes like itching

and watering of eyes.

Dust in air can be a health hazard leading to respiratory issues such as asthma and irritating

the lungs and bronchial passages.

For mitigating the aspects following measures will be implemented:

Regular water sprinkling on haul roads.

Dust mask will be provided to the workers,

Periodical medical examinations will be carried out for the workers as per norms,

Medical records will be maintained,

Medical facilities to the workers,

Any early symptom of diseases, if observed, such workers will be taken off in the dusty

atmosphere and suitably employed elsewhere,

Personal Protective Equipments will be provided to the workers,

Good quality water will be provided to the workers and proper test for water quality to

be carried out regularly.

A well equipped first aid facility will be available in ML area,

Safety of the employee during operations, maintenance of mining equipments will be

taken care as per Mine Regulations 1961.

Effective communication system like mobile phones, land line phones, e-mail etc.

facilities will be available at the mine site.

Uniforms will be provided to the workers and they will be allowed to go home after

changing clothes.

CHAPTER – V

ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/s. S.K. SARAWAGI & CO PVT LTD – 17.63 Ha.

DRAFT EIA REPORT

CHAPTER-V

ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES

5- 1

5.0 GENERAL

The analysis of alternative is the process of comparing potential impacts and mitigation

options of a series of alternative location, technologies, operation to identify optimal

alternatives.

5.1. ALTERNATE TECHNOLOGY

Karlam Manganese mine of M/s S.K. Sarawagi & Co Pvt Ltd located at Survey No:278,

279, 281/1 to 8, Karlam(V), Cheepurupalli(M), Vizianagaram Dist., Andhra Pradesh in

an area of 17.63 Ha, proposed to expand Manganese ore production capacity from 1500

TPA to 40055.94 TPA. The area is situated at a distance of 0.58 km from Karlam

Village.

Mining work is carried out by open cast mechanized method without. The excavators

shall be deployed for excavation and tippers for transportation of ROM and waste and

compressors for drilling operations. No blasting is required as the overburden and ore are

soft and friable in nature. Drilling will be undertaken where ever required and if the strata

is very hard if not the mineral will be removed with excavator only. No necessity for the

alternative analysis of the technology was observed as the technology/process mentioned

for mining of the product is best suitable.

5.2. ALTERNATIVE SITE

The mineral is site specific. There are no alternative sites considered as the area is an

existing mine working with a Manganese ore production capacity of 1500 TPA and now

the proponent proposes for production expansion. Mining activities are carried out based

on local geology and availability of the mineral.

CHAPTER –VI

ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING

PROGRAMME

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/s. S.K. SARAWAGI & CO PVT LTD – 17.63 Ha.

DRAFT EIA REPORT

CHAPTER-VI

ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING

PROGRAMME

6 - 1

6.0 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING

Monitoring of various Environmental parameters will be carried out on a regular basis to

ascertain the following:

State of pollution within the mine and in its vicinity.

Generate data for predictive or corrective purpose in respect of pollution.

Examine the efficiency of pollution control systems installed in the ML area.

To assess and monitor environmental impacts.

Monitoring of Environmental attributes will be taken up once in aquarter in the air, water,

soil and vegetation at the above indicated locations.

The following monitoring program has been proposed to monitor various Environmental

components.

6.1 MONITORING AROUND THE MINE SITE

a. Meteorology

The Management will assign the third party which is recognized by MoEF&CC to

monitor the weather conditions of the mine site and the surroundings as per the schedule

and will maintain the log books.

b. Ambient air quality monitoring

Ambient air quality will be monitored in the mine site and in the surrounding villages

through a third party as per the guidelines.

c. Ground water monitoring

Ground water levels for physical and chemical parameters will be monitored in and

around the mine site premises during the pre and post monsoon seasons.

d. Wastewater sampling

The wastewater sample will be collected regularly for analysis.

6.2 POST PROJECT MONITORING PROGRAMME

In order to maintain the environmental quality within the standards, regular monitoring of

various environmental components is necessary.

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/s. S.K. SARAWAGI & CO PVT LTD – 17.63 Ha.

DRAFT EIA REPORT

CHAPTER-VI

ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING

PROGRAMME

6 - 2

The proponent will allocate EMP budget with capital cost of 7.2 Lakhs and recurring cost

of 6.5 Lakhs/annum towards environmental protection initiatives, out of which, 0.7

Lakhs/annum will be used for environmental monitoring in this ensuing mining plan

review period.

6.2.1 Environmental Monitoring

Regular monitoring of various Environmental parameters shall be carried out to ascertain

the following points,

Status of air, noise, water, land pollution within the mining activity and in its vicinity;

Generate data for predictive or corrective purpose in respect of pollution; and

To assess and monitor Environmental impacts periodically.

6.3 Monitoring schedule for environmental parameters

Table 6.1Monitoring Schedule for Environmental Parameters

S.No Particulars Monitoring

Frequency

IMP. Monitoring

Parameters

1. Water and Waste Water Quality

a. Sanitary Effluents

b. Ground Water Quality

Once in a month

Pre monsoon and

Post monsoon season

pH,TDS,BOD,COD

pH,TDS,BOD,COD

2. Air Quality

a. Ambient Air Quality

Monitoring at mine site &

other sampling locations

given in the report

Quarterly

PM10, PM2.5,SO2,

and NOX

3. Noise levels in and around Mine site Quarterly Noise levels -

Day and Night in

dB(A)

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/s. S.K. SARAWAGI & CO PVT LTD – 17.63 Ha.

DRAFT EIA REPORT

CHAPTER-VI

ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING

PROGRAMME

6 - 3

6.4 IMPLEMENTATION SCHEDULE

The mitigation measures suggested above should be implemented so as to reduce the

impact on environment due to the operations of the mining activities. In order to facilitate

easy implementation, the mitigation measures are phased as per the priority of

implementation. The implementation schedule is given as below. (Table 6.2)

Table 6.2 Implementation Schedule

Sl.

No.

Recommendations Time Requirement Immediate Progressive Discretion of the

Management

1 Air pollution

control measures

Before

commissioning of

respective units

* -- --

2 Water pollution

control measures

Before

percolation/seepage

and dewatering

starts

* -- --

3 Noise control

measures

Along with the

commissioning of

the mine project

* -- --

4 Ecological

preservation and

Up gradation

Stage wise

implementation

* * --

5 Land

reclamation/Soil

waste management

Stage wise

implementation

* * --

6 Socio-economic

measures

As per the CSR

proposals of the

company and the

need of the local

residents

-- * *

Note (*) indicates implementation of recommendations

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/s. S.K. SARAWAGI & CO PVT LTD – 17.63 Ha.

DRAFT EIA REPORT

CHAPTER-VI

ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING

PROGRAMME

6 - 4

6.5 MONITORING EQUIPMENT AND CONSUMABLES

1. Handy samplers

2. Respirable Dust Sampler / Fine Particulate Sampler

3. Meteorological station

CHAPTER –VII

ADDITIONAL STUDIES

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/s. S.K. SARAWAGI & CO PVT LTD – 17.63 Ha.

DRAFTEIA REPORT

CHAPTER-VII

ADDITIONAL STUDIES

7 - 1

7.0 PUBLIC CONSULTATION:

The project is categorized as Category –B2 as per Environmental Impact Assessment

(EIA) Notification S.O. 1533 (E) Dt: 14.09.2006 and amended Notification S.O. 3977 (E)

Dt: 14.08.2018. But, as per the latest National Green Tribunal (NGT) New Delhi issued

orders in O.A. 186 of 2016 Dt: 13.09.2018 & in E.A. No. 55/2018 of O.A. No. 520/2015

Dt: 11.12.2018; OM F. No. L-11011/175/2018-IA-I (M) Dt: 12.12.2018the projects with

individual area or cluster area of mine leases from 5 to 25 Hectares falls under Category

B2 at par with Category B1, necessiates Public Hearing for obtaining the

Environmental Clearance from State Environmental Impact Assessment Authority

(SEIAA).

The present Draft EIA is being submitted for conducting Public Hearing. The issues

raised during the public hearing, the response of the proponent along with action plan and

budgetary allocation will be given in the Final EIA report and submitted to MoEF&CC

for obtaining environmental clearance.

7.1 RISK ASSESSMENT

Risk analysis provides a numerical measure of the risk that a particular facility poses to

the public. It begins with the identification of probable hazardous events at an operational

area and categorization as per the predetermined criteria.

Risk assessment should be done on the basis of past accident analysis at similar projects,

previous judgments and expertise in the field of risk analysis especially in accident

analysis.

The objectives of Environmental Risk Assessment are governed by the following, which

excludes natural calamities.

a. To identify the potential hazardous areas so that necessary design safety measures can

be adopted to minimize the probability of accidents.

b. To identify the potential areas of Environmental disaster, this can be prevented by

proper design of the installations and their control operations.

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/s. S.K. SARAWAGI & CO PVT LTD – 17.63 Ha.

DRAFTEIA REPORT

CHAPTER-VII

ADDITIONAL STUDIES

7 - 2

c. To manage emergency situations or a disastrous event, if any, from the mining

operations.

7.2 DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN

It is presumed that the mining process would be designed and engineered with all

possible safety measures and standard code of practices. So, there is very minimal risk of

collapse of any side slope.

7.3 IMPLEMENTATION OF EMP AND MONITORING SYSTEM

7.3.1 General

Various measures have been proposed to implement for mitigating the adverse impacts

due to mining on the environment in the area. A separate wing “Environmental

Management Cell (EMC)” will be formed to look after the inspection / monitoring

requirements. The mine management will undertake the control measures in coordination

with the State Forest Department, Regional APPCB and Environmental consultant. The

management of EMC shall be made an integral part of the major activities of mining.

Mines Manager

Geologist (Incharge of Supervisor

Mine monitoring and

Supervision& APPCB/ MoEF works)

Dust Suppression Mate

Helpers

Fig.7.1 Organizational setup of EMC

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/s. S.K. SARAWAGI & CO PVT LTD – 17.63 Ha.

DRAFTEIA REPORT

CHAPTER-VII

ADDITIONAL STUDIES

7 - 3

Important records to be maintained by EMC are:

Field monitoring results for air, water, meteorology

Inspection records of slope failure, land erosion, drainage, Socio-economic

development.

Format to record / monitor plantation measures.

Nursery records

Environmental and related standards / norms

Records pertaining to statutory consents, approvals

Periodic medical examination (PME) records.

Records pertaining to laboratory equipment maintenance and calibration.

Complaints register (environmental pollution).

Records on water and electricity consumption.

Periodic progress records

Environmental audit records

Records of annual budgetary requirement and allocation for pollution control.

7.4 IMPLEMENTATION

The following system shall be followed to see that the environmental scheme is

implemented as per schedule.

a) A separate wing will be created to see that the engineering measures such as

construction of garland drains and retention walls are taken up, wherever necessary.

b) A crew attends for afforestation measures on a regular basis for culturing, manuring

and watering.

c) On an annual/quarterly basis, the quality of air, water, noise and soil will be

monitored to understand the status vis-à-vis the baseline data. This will enable the

management for taking up any corrective measures, if required. The frequency of

sampling will be as prescribed by the MOEF guidelines issued in this regard.

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/s. S.K. SARAWAGI & CO PVT LTD – 17.63 Ha.

DRAFTEIA REPORT

CHAPTER-VII

ADDITIONAL STUDIES

7 - 4

7.5 ACTIVITIES TO BE MONITORED / INSPECTED BY EMC

7.5.1 Land erosion

Regular observations during the rainy season for checking land erosion will be made in

back filled areas / hill slopes.

7.5.2 Drainage

The effectiveness of drainage system depends upon proper cleaning of all drains and

sumps. Any blockage due to silting or accumulation of loose materials will be checked on

regular basis. Stone pitching, brick mounds etc on drains shall also be monitored.

7.5.3 Re-vegetation and green belt development

Planned schedule for green belt development will be checked after every year and

improvement required will be implemented. Post plantation status will be regularly

checked in every season. Phase wise development in the areas of plantation including rate

of growth, survival rate etc. will be recorded systematically.

7.5.4 Occupational health

Since it is opencast mining, health problems due to dust may be expected at various

location during excavation and transportation of Manganese ore. No blasting will be

carried out in this mine.

Monitoring:

Measurements to determine employee ceiling exposure can be taken during period of

maximum expected air borne concentrations of Manganese ore.

Control Measures:

Location of dust generation:

1. Mining area

2. Loading & Transportation

It is advisable to use sprinkling of water to suppress the dust generated in the above

locations so that the work men will not get expose to the dust.

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/s. S.K. SARAWAGI & CO PVT LTD – 17.63 Ha.

DRAFTEIA REPORT

CHAPTER-VII

ADDITIONAL STUDIES

7 - 5

Precautions:

By using various PPEs, the chances of occupational health disease will be

lowered.

Periodical medical checkups for lungs functioning and breathing.

First aid will be given for in case of emergency.

Each group of mine worker will undergo regular medical checkup at regular

intervals by specialist doctors.

Persons not wearing protective equipment and clothing should be restricted from

areas of spills until clean up has been completed.

The workmen especially who are literate should be sent for first aid training

conducted by the group vocational training centre to maintain by the DGMS

(Director General of Mine Safety).

CHAPTER –VIII

PROJECT BENEFITS

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/s. S.K. SARAWAGI & CO PVT LTD – 17.63 Ha.

DRAFT EIA REPORT

CHAPTER-VIII

PROJECT BENEFITS

8 - 1

8.0 GENERAL

The surrounding inhabitants are mainly agriculture oriented and daily labour.

Unemployment and under employment are the main problems of the inhabitants. No

displacement or evacuation of human settlement has been anticipated during mining

operation.

The proposed expansion project will generate direct and indirect employment

opportunities for the local people. The mine will create employment for a total of

approximately 87 persons including skilled as well as semi-skilled staff directly after

production expansion. Additionally, certain works like security will be outsourced on

contract. The secondary employment in the form of providing services to the employed

manpower will also be developed in the neighboring villages.

8.1 EMPLOYMENT

The project will contribute to direct employment scope for 87 persons while indirectly

benefiting to local people after production expansion. The socio-economic conditions of

the surrounding villages indicate that employment generation is seasonal.

8.2 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH

Each group of mine workers undergo regular medical checkup at regular intervals by

specialist doctors. The occupational activities are agricultural and employment in mines

will be on daily wages. The mining activity will provide employment to local people

which will increase socio-economic status of the area.

8.3 IMPROVEMENTS IN PHYSICAL AND SOCIAL INFRASTRUCTURE

The increase of production from the existing project will enhance the socio-economic

activities in the adjoining areas. This will result in following benefits:-

Improvements in physical infrastructure.

Improvements in social infrastructure.

Increase in employment potential

Prevention of illegal mining.

During and post-mining enhancement of green cover.

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/s. S.K. SARAWAGI & CO PVT LTD – 17.63 Ha.

DRAFT EIA REPORT

CHAPTER-VIII

PROJECT BENEFITS

8 - 2

8.3.1 Improvements in Physical Infrastructure

Although the mining area is well connected with important places in the vicinity

however, the opening of the existing project will improve the physical infrastructure of

the adjoining areas. This will include the following:-

Improved road connectivity due to the project.

Strengthening of existing community facilities through the Community

Development Programme.

Creation of community assets (infrastructure) like provision for drinking

water, village roads/ linked roads, dispensary & health centre, community centre,

market place etc.

Awareness program and community activities, like health camps, medical aids,

family welfare programs, immunization camp sports & cultural activities,

plantation etc.

8.3.2 Improvements in Social Infrastructure

The project activity shall create awareness with the local people for preferring permanent

services than seasonal agricultural activities. The activities will help them to analyze the

importance of education. With the increased amount of income, people can send their

children for higher education/professional courses. There will be some obvious changes

in various environmental parameters due to mining activity. There will also be positive

impact in socio-economic area due to increased economic activities, creation of new

employment opportunities, infrastructural development and better educational and health

facilities. Lessee will also undertake awareness program and community activities like

health camps, medical aids, family welfare camps, awareness program etc.

8.3.3 Increase in Employment Potential

There is a possibility of creation of direct and indirect employment opportunities due to

this mine production expansion.

8.3.4 Prevention of Illegal Mining & Contribution to the Exchequer

Since the Mine lease areas will be leased out to successful allottees, mining operation in

the state will get legalized and it will fetch income to the state exchequer.

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/s. S.K. SARAWAGI & CO PVT LTD – 17.63 Ha.

DRAFT EIA REPORT

CHAPTER-VIII

PROJECT BENEFITS

8 - 3

8.3.5 Enhancement of Green Cover

Plantation/Afforestation will be done as per program i.e. along the road sides and near

civic amenities. Post plantation, the area will be regularly monitored in every season for

evaluation of success rate. For selection of plant species local people will also be

involved. The management will provide free saplings of fruit and other trees, etc. to local

during rain for plantation.

8.4 HEALTH

Periodic medical checkups as per Mines Act/ Rules and other social development and

promotional activities will be undertaken. All this will lift the general health status of the

residents of the area around mines.

CHAPTER –IX

ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/s S.K. SARAWAGI & CO PVT LTD – 17.63 Ha.

DRAFT EIA REPORT

CHAPTER-IX

ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

9 - 1

9.0 INTRODUCTION

Any types of development project exert certain benefits and adverse impacts on the

surroundings. The major objective and benefit of utilizing Environmental impact

Assessment in project planning stage itself, is to prevent avoidable losses of

Environmental resources and values as a result of Environmental Management Plan.

Environmental Management Plan includes protection/mitigation/enhancement measures

as well as suggesting post project monitoring program. Environmental Management Plan

may often suggest additional project operations that have to be incorporated in the

conventional operation.

Any development in the study area needs to be with judicious utilization of non-

renewable resources of the study area and within the limits of permissible assimilative

capacity. The assimilative capacity of the study area is the maximum amount of pollution

load that can be discharged in the environment without affecting the designated use and is

governed by dilution, dispersion, and removal due to physio-chemical and biological

processes. The Environment Management Plan (EMP) is required to ensure sustainable

development in the study area of the Mine Lease Area.

It has been evaluated that the study area has not been affected adversely as there are no

major polluting industries in the study area and likely to get economical fillip.

Environmental Management Plan aims at the preservation of ecosystem by considering

the pollution abatement facilities at the site inception.

Fully conscious towards Environmental responsibility the proponent mainly focuses,

apart from other relevant concerns, on the following important aspects,

a) Dust suppression measures by water sprinkling and

b) Proper maintenance of vehicles and equipment.

The different Environmental components that are identified in the assessment chapter are

dealt hereunder with necessary Environmental Management Plan.

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/s S.K. SARAWAGI & CO PVT LTD – 17.63 Ha.

DRAFT EIA REPORT

CHAPTER-IX

ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

9 - 2

Applicable Regulations

Following Regulations & policies with the amendments thereof need to be taken into

consideration under comprehensive Environmental Management Systems (EMS)

programme as an integral part of the mine operation:

The Mines Act, 1952

The Mines and Mineral (regulation and Development) Act, 1957.

Mineral conservation and Development Rules (MCDR), 1988.

Mines Rules, 1955 for Health and Safety of Mining workers.

Section 21 of Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1981.

Section 25 and 26 of Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1974.

Gazette Notifications of Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB) as and when

notified for pollution prevention and control.

Applicable State Acts and Rules for Mining.

Directives of Andhra Pradesh Pollution Control Board (APPCB) in their Consent

Letters and Notifications.

EP Act 2006

Table 9.1 EMP costing for the proposed project expansion

S.No Details

Capital

Cost (in

Lakhs)

Recurring

Cost

(Lakhs) Remarks

1 Air Pollution Nose masks (Rs. 15/-

each) - 0.5

Replaceable once

in a week

Sprinkling system 10.0

KLD (Rs. 750/- for 1

tank of capacity 10KL)

0.5 1.0

Required daily on

250 working days.

The rain water

collect in mine pit

and siltation ponds

will also be used

Graded road

Construction -- 0.1

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/s S.K. SARAWAGI & CO PVT LTD – 17.63 Ha.

DRAFT EIA REPORT

CHAPTER-IX

ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

9 - 3

2 Water Pollution Garland drains (approx

top width 2m, bottom

width 1m & height 1m)

Rs. 250/- per sq.m &

RWH

1.0 0.05

Drains construction

around the mine

site

Construction of Septic

tank 0.4 0.05

Cleaning twice in a

year

3 Noise Pollution Regular maintenance of

machinery (2000/- per

month)

- 0.2

Ear muffs (Rs. 50/-

each) - 0.13 Thrice in a year

4 Occupational

Safety and

Health

First aid kits 0.1 0.06 Replaceable twice

for every year

Fire extinguishers 0.1 0.06

PPE for all workers

(hand gloves Rs. 30 /-

each, helmets 500/-

and Safety shoes 500/-

each)

-- 0.9

Regular health

checkups 1.0

Carried out once in

a year

Training and awareness

programs on risk

factors during

emergencies

0.3 0.1

5 Environmental

Monitoring Ambient air, water

quality, Noise studies

and Vibration studies

-- 0.5

6 Green belt

development Development of green

belt within 1.27 Ha of

mine lease area.

4.8 1.8 1200 plants

TOTAL 7.2 6.5

CSR Activities 4.0 0.5

Total EMP budget + CSR activities 11.2 7.0

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/s S.K. SARAWAGI & CO PVT LTD – 17.63 Ha.

DRAFT EIA REPORT

CHAPTER-IX

ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

9 - 4

EMP BUDGET

Capital Cost : 7.2 Lakhs

Recurring cost per annum : 6.5 Lakhs

9.1 CORPORATE ENVIRONMENT RESPONSIBILITY (CER):

The proponent will follow Corporate Environmental Responsibility (CER) as per O.M.

File No. 22-65/2017-IA.III dated: 01.05.2018.

The following measures will be taken to maintain a clean and sustainable environment in

and around the plant:

Integrate sound environmental practices in all its activities.

Promote development of innovate environment friendly processes

Improve employee commitment and responsibility towards environment protection

Promote environmentally responsible behaviour amongst contractual workforce and

suppliers.

CER activities by the proponent

Development of Infrastructure facilities in nearby schools

Health camps

Providing public toilets in nearby villages

Development of greenbelt in surrounding areas

9.2 OBJECTIVES OF ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

Overall objectives of EMP are:

Prevention: Measures aimed at impeding the occurrence of negative environmental

impact and/or preventing such as occurrence having harmful environmental impacts.

Preservation: Preventing any future actions that might adversely affect as environmental

resource or attribute.

Minimization: Limiting or reducing the degree, extent, magnitude or duration of adverse

impacts.

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/s S.K. SARAWAGI & CO PVT LTD – 17.63 Ha.

DRAFT EIA REPORT

CHAPTER-IX

ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

9 - 5

9.3 AIR QUALITY MANAGEMENT

The Manganese mining activity would result in the increase of PM concentrations due to

fugitive dust. Frequent water sprinkling in the vicinity would be undertaken and will be

continued as there is possibility for dust generation due to truck mobility. It will be

ensured that vehicles are properly maintained to comply with exhaust emission

requirements.

Table 9.2. Ambient Air Quality Standards

Concentration Microgram's per Meter Cube

PM10 PM2.5 SO2 NOX

100 60 80 80

Mitigative measures suggested for air pollution control are based on the baseline ambient

air quality monitoring data. From the point of view of maintenance of an acceptable

ambient air quality in the region, it is desirable that air quality should be monitored on a

regular basis to check it vis-à-vis the standards prescribed by CPCB and in case of non-

compliance, appropriate mitigative measures shall be adopted.

As per the results of ambient air quality monitoring data, the background concentrations

of PM10, PM2.5, SO2,NOX are within the stipulated CPCB standards.

9.3.1 Controlling Dust Levels

Dust is the major pollutant generated from the mining operations. Dust would be

generated during mining, handling and transportation of the material. The Environmental

control measures are proposed to control the fugitive dust releases during the Manganese

ore production which are given in the below table.

9.3.2 Air Pollution Control Measures

Table 9.3Air Pollution Control Measures

S.No Dust Source Control measure

Haul Road Compaction, gradation and drainage on both sides.

Proper maintenance.

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/s S.K. SARAWAGI & CO PVT LTD – 17.63 Ha.

DRAFT EIA REPORT

CHAPTER-IX

ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

9 - 6

1. Regular water spraying.

2 Truck

Movement

No overloading of trucks.

Trucks to be covered with tarpaulin while

transporting Manganese.

Enforcing speed limit.

3 Mine Pit Regular water spraying in working areas

Regular water sprinkling to suppress the dust on haul roads, service roads and mining

face by truck mounted water tankers.

Grading of haul roads, service roads time to time, to remove the accumulated dusty

material will be done.

Development of Green belt all along mine area boundary and approach road.

Periodical monitoring of air quality to take steps to control the pollutants.

9.3.3 Controlling of NOx Levels

The source of NOX would be vehicular emissions. This can be controlled by proper

maintenance and servicing of vehicles.

9.4 WATER QUALITY MANAGEMENT

There will not be any waste water generation except domestic waste water, therefore no

post waste water monitoring required. The seepage and rain water collected in mine pit

will be used for water sprinkling to suppress dust and for irrigation.

Water Pollution Management

There are no seasonal streams within mine area, except first order stream adjacent to

the mine in West direction; however garland drains and siltation pond are constructed

to collect rain water. The constructed structures will be strengthened in future.

The mine pit water collected due to rains will be utilized for water spraying on the

haul roads and also for watering plants.

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/s S.K. SARAWAGI & CO PVT LTD – 17.63 Ha.

DRAFT EIA REPORT

CHAPTER-IX

ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

9 - 7

9.5 NOISE LEVEL MONITORING

There will be intermittent noise levels due to excavation of the material, vehicular

movement and trucks loading.

No mining activities are planned during night time. A thick greenbelt will be developed

all around the mine boundary where ever possible and along the approach road to act as

noise attenuator. The Management Plan for controlling noise pollution is envisaged as

follows.

Selection of suitable machinery and equipment,

Proper mounting of equipment,

Providing noise insulation/padding wherever practicable and

Machinery will be fitted with properly designed noise acoustic silencers.

Proper maintenance and periodic lubrication of noise generating parts of the

machines.

Provision of thick plantation in and around the mine is planned in order to reduce

the noise and prevent it from reaching to surrounding habitation area

9.5.1 Parameters

The noise level recordings are measured in dB (A) Leq values, where dB (A) denotes the

time weighted average of the level of sound in decibels on scale A, which is relatable to

human hearing.

9.5.2 Methodology

Precision integrated sound level meters are being used for monitoring of Leq noise levels

in dB (A) scale at the work place and also in the surrounding villages.

9.5.3 Noise Quality Management

The following measures shall be implemented

Proper lubrication, fitting of effective silencers and good maintenance.

Provision of personnel hearing protective equipment to all workers likely to be

exposed to noise.

Restricting duty hours of operators likely to be exposed to higher noise levels.

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/s S.K. SARAWAGI & CO PVT LTD – 17.63 Ha.

DRAFT EIA REPORT

CHAPTER-IX

ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

9 - 8

The maintenance of natural vegetation as well as afforestation in the lease shall serve

as acoustic barriers.

9.5.4 Noise Pollution Control

The ambient noise level monitoring is carried out in and around the mine shows that

ambient noise levels are well within the stipulated limits of CPCB.

Noise generation may be for an instant, intermittent or for continuous periods, with low

to high decibels. Periodic inspection and checks of the risk prone areas and equipments

have to be conducted.

To control noise pollution during the mining operations following steps will be practiced.

Proper selection of machinery

Proper and timely maintenance of mining machinery and equipment

Limiting of speed of haulage vehicles/tippers

9.6 WATER CONSUMPTION AND WASTE WATER GENERATION

Around 19.0 KLD of water will be required for the project activity through the existing

and proposed. Water requirement will be met through water tankers and from mine pit for

sprinkling and irrigation. Water is required in the mine for spraying on the haul roads and

working faces to suppress the dust and also for use in the garage. Also a small quantity of

drinking water is required. Existing and Proposed Fresh water requirements & waste

water generation as follows:

Table 9.4. Fresh water requirements & waste water generation

S.

No Description

Exiting Fresh

water

Proposed fresh

water

Total water

required

1. Domestic 0.5 KLD 1.5 KLD 2.0

2. Green belt 3.0 KLD 4.0 KLD 7.0

3. Dust

suppression 6.0 KLD 4.0 KLD 10.0

TOTAL 9.5 KLD 9.5 KLD 19.0

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/s S.K. SARAWAGI & CO PVT LTD – 17.63 Ha.

DRAFT EIA REPORT

CHAPTER-IX

ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

9 - 9

Wastewater Generation

S.

No Description

From

Exiting

From

Proposed

Waste

water Disposal

1. Domestic 0.4 KLD 1.2 KLD 1.6 KLD Septic tank followed by soak

pit

TOTAL 0.4 KLD 1.2 KLD 1.6 KLD

Fig 9.1 Water balance

9.7 BIOLOGICAL MANAGEMENT

Trees are very suitable for detecting, recognizing and monitoring air pollution effects.

Monitoring of biological effects of air pollutant by the use of plants as indicators has

been applied on local, regional and national scale. Trees function as sinks of air

pollutants, besides their bio esthetical values, owing to its large surface area. Annual need

of oxygen for one person is met by 150 sq.m of leaf surface. So it is necessary to develop

19.0 KLD

(Water tankers)

19.0 KLD

Green Belt

(7.0 KLD)

Dust Suppression

(10.0 KLD)

No outflow No outflow

Domestic purpose

(2.0 KLD)

Septic Tank

(Soak pit)

(1.6 KLD)

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/s S.K. SARAWAGI & CO PVT LTD – 17.63 Ha.

DRAFT EIA REPORT

CHAPTER-IX

ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

9 - 10

green belt in and around the polluted site with suitable species to combat the air pollution

effectively. The plantation scheme covers the following areas

Plantation around peripheral portion of mine and other structures.

Gardens, parks and haul road plantation.

Plantation by way of reclamation/rehabilitation of mined out blocks.

9.7.1 Tree Plantation Program

The main aim of plantation of mined out areas is to stabilize the land, to protect it from

erosion and provide an aesthetic landscape. Area covered by plantation is 0.4241 hectares

of the lease hold area. In addition to the existing greenbelt, 1200 plants will be planted

over an area of 1.27 ha within the lease area.

9.7.2 Mine drainage

There is no prominent drainage pattern in this mining area. The annual rainfall in this

area is 1031 mm. There are no reservoirs in the surrounding locations of the lease area.

The ground water is stuck at 450 m AMSL where as the mine working pits are located at

541 m AMSL. The mine workings will reach 316.52 m level by the end of the present

plan period. The seepage and rain water accumulated in the main pit is pumped out with

the help of 40 HP electrical pumps. The water is free from any deleterious constituents.

Periodic testing and monitoring of water quality will be carried out. After settling, the

water is used for irrigation and water spraying for control dust emissions.

The water is discharged from the mine to nearby small siltation pond with water pipeline

and the same is used for irrigation. Periodical testing of water is being carried out for

assessing the quality of water through a NABET consultant.

9.8 SOIL MANAGEMENT

Top Soil Management

Generation of topsoil is not anticipated from this mine.

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/s S.K. SARAWAGI & CO PVT LTD – 17.63 Ha.

DRAFT EIA REPORT

CHAPTER-IX

ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

9 - 11

Waste Management

The waste material that will be generated during the course of mining for Manganese ore

comprises quartzites, quartzo felspathic material, khondalite, etc. will be stacked

separately In the existing dump. In the review period about 31845.58 m3 of total waste is

estimated to be generated. On an average 15922.79 m3 of waste will be generated yearly.

The waste will be dumped in the northern side (90.98 m2) having height 3.5 m over the

existing dump (1.03 Ha). The rain-wash off from the dumps will be prevented by

providing garland channel of 2.0 m width over a length of 300 m all along the dumps and

also by erecting retaining walls of 1 m height over a length of 294 m. The inactive dumps

will be stabilized by plantation.

9.9 PROPOSED MITIGATING MEASURES

The land management plays an important role in reducing the adverse impacts caused by

surface mining operation. Land management is required in the key areas like land use

scheme with the ML area, calendar plan, mine bench advancement to arrest

indiscriminate degradation of landform, top soil preservation, soil erosion control and the

restoration of the mine pit. On each of these prime areas of land management, the

following schemes are proposed.

9.9.1 Land environment

9.9.1.1 Land use

The project covers a total ML area of 17.63hectares is Government land. Out of which

0.6171 hectares of land will be brought under mining for excavation of Manganese ore in

addition to the existing mine area of 1.82 Ha. and 1.442 Ha. area of buffer zone is

maintained under disturbed during this mining activity. Area covered by plantation is

0.4241 hectares of the lease hold area. In addition to the existing greenbelt, 1200 plants

will be planted over an area of 1.27 ha within the lease area.

9.9.1.2 Mine roads

Roads for haulage and access to different locations would be laid as per the statutory

regulations stipulated in the Metalliferrous Mines Regulations, 1961. Some of the basic

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/s S.K. SARAWAGI & CO PVT LTD – 17.63 Ha.

DRAFT EIA REPORT

CHAPTER-IX

ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

9 - 12

features of laying the haul roads at the Mine Lease Area as required from environmental

and safety angle cover the following:

The road layout would be generally followed as per scheme shown in mine general

layout. The main haul road and feeder roads would be generally of 6m wide keeping

provisions for road side plantation.

The corners and bends was made in such a way as to offer the vehicle operator, a

clear visibility of at least 30m along the road.

The alignment of haul roads and feeder roads may require alteration with the progress of

mining work.

9.9.1.3 Land restoration:

It would be preferable to take up the backfilling of the mined out block after exploitation

of the mineral. The restoration of the degraded land would cover backfilling and terracing

with wastes and surfacing the same with top soil. Fast growing trees and other native

shrubs would be planted to stabilize the reclaimed land and prevent wind erosion of solid

particles. The remaining pit will be used as water harvesting structure.

While reclaiming the mined out area, the original land form cannot be fully restored by

back filling. There would be some left out pit and depressions of varying depth which can

serve as a recharge pit by the impounding rain water. This would be beneficial in two

aspects, namely (i) it may recharge the spring table by seepage of water through cracks

and joints and (ii) the impounded water reservoir can be utilized for development of

afforestation.

9.9.2 Socio-Economic Environment & Safety

The company management shall give preference to local people through both direct and

indirect employment.

It will provide ample opportunity to the locals to up-lift their living standards by

organizing events that propagate mutual benefits to all, such as health camps,

awareness campaigns, donations to poorer sections of society and downtrodden.

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/s S.K. SARAWAGI & CO PVT LTD – 17.63 Ha.

DRAFT EIA REPORT

CHAPTER-IX

ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

9 - 13

Educational needs of the region will be improved by encouraging the workers to

allow their children to attend schools.

Sufficient funds shall be allocated for these and other emergency needs.

Adequate supply of potable water to the workers will be made during the working

hours.

The mines department will supervise the safe working of the contractor and their

employees. The working personnel will be provided with face masks, ear plugs,

safety helmets and goggles in order to reduce health hazards.

The proponent will provide all necessary provisions stipulated under the Mines Act. In

addition a Safety committee will be formed and manned by equal participants from

Management and Workers.

Personnel Protection Equipment (PPE) will be issued to each worker. Other safety

equipments shall be used according to the nature of job involved.

9.9.3 Biological Management Plan

The mining activity will have low impact on shrubs in the mine lease area and in order to

minimize the impacts, it is proposed to reclaim the entire mined out area with indigenous

plant species as early as possible. Plantation programme is proposed to be carried out in

and around the mine lease area so that the natural habitat is restored.

9.9.3.1 Green Belt Development/Afforestation Plan

Area covered by plantation is 0.4241 hectares of the lease hold area. In addition to the

existing greenbelt, 1200 plants will be planted over an area of 1.27 ha within the lease

area.

Table 9.5Details of Year Wise Tree Plantation Program

Year No. of saplings

I 600

II 600

Total 1200

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/s S.K. SARAWAGI & CO PVT LTD – 17.63 Ha.

DRAFT EIA REPORT

CHAPTER-IX

ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

9 - 14

9.9.3.2 Criteria for Selection of Species

Species to be selected should fulfill the following specific requirements of the area

- Availability of seed material

- Tolerance to specific conditions or alternatively wide adapts ability to eco-

physiological conditions.

- Rapid growth

- Capacity to endure water stress and climatic extremes after initial establishment

- Differences in height, growth habits

- Pleasing appearance

- Providing shade

- Ability of fixing atmospheric Nitrogen

- Improving waste lands.

9.9.3.3 Design of Green Development

The greenbelt shall be developed around the mine to act as a sink for pollutants,

attenuation of noise levels and improvement in aesthetic quality of the plant. The

following criteria shall be adopted in the design of greenbelt:

1. Generally fast growing trees should be planted as otherwise it will take many

years for other types of trees to attain their full height.

2. Trees will be planted along the road side in such a way that there is no direct line

of sight when viewed from a point outside the foliage perimeter.

3. Trees growing up to 10 m or more in height with thick perennial foliage should

be planted around the plant.

4. Trees shall be planted staggered in each row (minimum three rows encircling the

perimeter of the plant).

5. Tree trunk being free foliage up to a height of 2 to 3 m, it is advisable to grow

shrubs in front of trees to give coverage to the open portion.

6. Greenbelt will be developed all around the mine area with a width of 10 m.

7. Greenbelt will be developed around the mine except wherever buildings and

other structures.

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/s S.K. SARAWAGI & CO PVT LTD – 17.63 Ha.

DRAFT EIA REPORT

CHAPTER-IX

ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

9 - 15

9.9.4 Occupational Health and Safety Measures

Mining profession involves exposure of workers to open area& dusty environment

requiring assessment of likely impacts on the health aspects. Workers are prone to be

affected by respiratory and pulmonary diseases, apart from health hazards related to

water and noisepollution. Health impact assessment will be undertaken by studying the

nature of the mining activities and its impact. The proponent will hire a local doctor well

versed with occupational health surveillance to meet the medical needs of the employees.

The employees will be subjected to medical examination on an annual basis. The medical

histories of all the employees shall be maintained in a standard format. These medical

histories over a period will show if there is occupation related deterioration in the

employees’ health. The recurring budget allocated for occupational health & safety

measures is Rs. 2.12 lakhs per annum.

Fugitive dust, noise and fines, may affect the health of workers, safety of employees

during operation will be taken care of as per Mine Regulations Act, 1961. To avoid any

adverse effects on the health of workers due to dust and noise sufficient measures have

been provided in the mining project. These may include:

It should be ensured that all employees are adequately trained and qualified to

perform their duties. Visitors must be familiarized with the safety precautions of the

mine.

One occupational health and safety officer will be employed by the mine.

Provision of rest shelters for mine workers with amenities like drinking water, fans,

toilets etc.

Provision of personal protection devices to the workers.

Dust suppression of haul road.

First aid facilities within lease area.

Height, slope shall be developed as per the approved mining plan.

Regular medical examination shall be conducted for the employees.

Working benches shall be developed as per approved mining plan.

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/s S.K. SARAWAGI & CO PVT LTD – 17.63 Ha.

DRAFT EIA REPORT

CHAPTER-IX

ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

9 - 16

9.9.5 Public Health Implication, Occupational Health Survey Program and First Aid:

According to ILO and WHO, occupational health should aim at the promotion and

maintenance of the highest degree of physical, mental and social well being of workers in

all occupations; the prevention amongst workers of departures from health caused by

their working conditions; the protection of workers in their employment from risks

resulting from factors adverse to health. In brief, as applicable for Karlam Manganese

mine of M/s. S. K. Sarawagi & Co. Pvt Ltd, any employee should not have any health

risk due to its assigned occupation and should not lose the productivity of the employee

on health ground. So far and as per the health checkups conducted, none of the

employees have any abnormal findings. Rest other occupational ailments are not

alarming and medical treatment as well as counseling will be provided to all employees

periodically.

An occupational health survey program includes:

Preliminary screening of all the employees for their baseline health condition.

Medical evaluation of workers condition before joining to the duty.

Educating the workers w.r.t. the safety conditions & occupational health diseases.

Refresher Training will be provided on malaria eradication, HIV & health effects on

exposure to mineral dust.

Regular health checkups for all the workers will be conducted.

Data base will be created for individual worker and will be updated regularly to

compare the health status.

Ergonomic Program Manager will take care of all the needs of OH & S.

Doctor specialized in Occupational Health will be hired for special needs.

Mine Safety: Mine Safety is a statutory requirement which is fully complied at Karlam

Manganese mine of M/s. S. K. Sarawagi & Co. Pvt Ltd. Mining area is fenced off to

prevent falling down of man and animals. Security has been deployed to prevent pilferage

or theft.

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/s S.K. SARAWAGI & CO PVT LTD – 17.63 Ha.

DRAFT EIA REPORT

CHAPTER-IX

ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

9 - 17

Fuels: No fuel is required for minerals processing. Only diesel oil is required for

operation of mining machineries and mine vehicles. The average monthly consumption is

around 10 KL diesel oil. The generated waste lubricating oil is used for lubrication of the

machinery and excess is being sent to authorized reprocessor/ recyclers of the waste oil.

CHAPTER –X

SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/s. S.K. SARAWAGI & CO PVT LTD – 17.63 Ha.

DRAFT EIA REPORT

CHAPTER-X

SUMMARY & CONCLUSIONS

10 - 1

10.0 SUMMARY & CONCLUSION

Karlam Manganese Mine of M/s S.K. Sarawagi & Co. Pvt Ltd located at Survey No:278,

279, 281/1 to 8, Karlam (V), Chipurupalli (M), Vizianagaram Dist., Andhra Pradeshover

an area of 17.63 Ha, for a period of 20 years, by the Industries & Commerce Department

(M-III), A.P, vide G.O. Ms. No. 166 dated 27.06.2007.

The quarry lease deed was executed on 14.08.2007 by the Assistant Director of Mines &

Geology, Vizianagaram, vide Proceedings No. 388/M/2005 dated 14.08.2007 for a period

of 20 years with effect from 14.08.2007 to 13.08.2027.

The first mining plan was approved by IBM, Hyderabad vide letter No.

AP/VZNR/MP/Mn-86 Dated 28.04.2006 for the period of 2007-2008 to 2011-2012.

Obtained Environmental Clearance vide order No. SEIAA/AP/VZM-04/2007 on

26.03.2013 for mining of 1500 TPA. Obtained Consent order vide No 9107/APPCB/ZO-

VSP/VZM/CFO/2020 Dated: 03.12.2020 with validity up to 30.09.2021. Subsequently

renewed vide consent Order No: 9107/APPCB/ZO-VSP/VZM/CFO/2021; dated

05.12.2021 which in valid till 30.09.2022.

The modified mining plan for enhanced production is 40055.94 TPA was approved for

the balance period of 2020-21 to 2021-22 by IBM, Hyderabad vide letter no.

AP/VZNR/MP/Mn-86/HYD; dated 29.09.2020.

The lease area is located in Survey of India, Topo sheet No: 65 N/11 at Latitude of

18°17'41.84"N to 18°17'43.72"N and Longitude of 83°38'30.88"E to 83°38'30.91"E in

Karlam Village, Chipurupalli Mandal, Visakhapatnam District, Andhra Pradesh.

10.1 NEED FOR THE PROJECT:

The Manganese ores of different grades are mostly used in steel plants and Ferroalloys

plants. The different grades of ores produced during mining will be sold from the mine.

The mineralogical constituent of this mine are mainly Psilomelene and rarely Manganese

dioxide. There is lot of variation in chemical composition. The silica percentage varies

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/s. S.K. SARAWAGI & CO PVT LTD – 17.63 Ha.

DRAFT EIA REPORT

CHAPTER-X

SUMMARY & CONCLUSIONS

10 - 2

from 8% to 32%. The total Fe percentage varies from 6% to 23%. The MnO varies from

19% to 34%. There is huge demand for the mineral available in this mine

Considering the growing demand of the mineral, it necessitates the operation of this

mining project and increase in production. In addition, this project will also generate

direct and indirect employment to the local villagers.

10.2 SALIENT FEATURES OF THE PROJECT:

The salient features of the project are provided in the following table

Nature of the project Karlam Manganese Mine of M/s. S.K. Sarawagi

& Co. Pvt Ltd

Mining of Manganese Ore

Extent 17.63 Ha.

Size of the Project Expansion from 1500 to 40,055.94 MTPA

LOCATION OF PROJECT

District & State Vizianagaram, & Andhra Pradesh

Village & Mandal Karlam & Chipurupalli

Land Availability 17.63 Ha.

Nearest Village Karlam Village at 0.58 Km

Ownership Government waste land

Toposheet No. 65 N/11

GENERAL CLIMATIC CONDITIONS

Annual rainfall 1031 mm

Min and max temp. 20.0 C to 45 C

Predominant wind direction SW

Latitude and Longitude 18°17'41.84"N to 18°17'43.72"N

83°38'30.88"E to 83°38'30.91"E

HISTORICAL / IMPORTANT PLACES

Nearest human settlement Karlam Village at 0.58 Km

Nearest town Chipurupalli at 7.00 Km

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/s. S.K. SARAWAGI & CO PVT LTD – 17.63 Ha.

DRAFT EIA REPORT

CHAPTER-X

SUMMARY & CONCLUSIONS

10 - 3

Nearest railway station/Airport Chipurupalli Railway Station at 7.59 km

Visakhapatnam airport at a distance of 76.47 km

Archaeological /Historically

Important Site

None within 10 km radius of the site

Infrastructure Facilities Hospitals, schools and community facilities are

available at Chipurupalli - 7.00 Km away from

the mine site.

Sanctuaries / National parks None within 10 km radius of the site

Nearest Water Bodies First order stream adjacent to mine due West.

Canal- 0.02km – NE

Pond- 0.84km -NW

Pond – 1.49 km – NE

Pond – 1.29 km – SE

Pedda Gedda – 3.50 km – NE

Kandlavalasa River – 4.97 km - SW

Nearest RF/PF No Reserve forest is present within 10 km radius

of the mine.

10.3 RESERVES

Mineral resources may be estimated purely based on level of exploration with reference

to the threshold value of minerals declared by IBM i.e., G1 and G2 Exploration;

The strike of ore body is NW-SE direction with steep dip of about 800

due South east.

The thickness of the ore body is not identified uniformly. The quality of Mn ore also

changes from place to place. The ore body occurs as discontinuous lensoidal bodies. Thus

the deposit has been classified as Type II of MEMC Rules 2015.

Further the following geological exploration by means of pitting, drilling both Core and

DTH holes and collection of samples thereof and analysis of the same formed the basis

for categorization of G1& G2 Scale of exploration and such details are as below:

a) Manganese ore is encountered in abandoned pits during core drilling.

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/s. S.K. SARAWAGI & CO PVT LTD – 17.63 Ha.

DRAFT EIA REPORT

CHAPTER-X

SUMMARY & CONCLUSIONS

10 - 4

b) Twenty six trail pits within lease across 413 m strike length at an interval of 50 m in

the ore zone were done to delinate the ore body contact and depth persistence of the

ore body. Incidentally all the trail pits have indicated Float Ore up to an average depth

of 3.0 m and 3 DTH borehole have proved persistence of the manganese such part of

the area has been placed in G2 category.

c) Fourteen drill hole were drilled along the section lines AA’ to GG’ to prove the

existence of the Manganese ore in which has been placed in G1 category.

In this Mining review period, calculated mineable reserves in cross section method are

156246 T and average production of 26136.337 TPA.

Life of the Mine = Mineable Reserves/Average Production

= 156246/26136.337

= 5.97 or Say 6 years

10.4 MINING

The lease area is proposed for semi-mechanized mining method with 3m bench height

and 3m width and the slope angle of bench shall be maintained 45°. The stripping ratio is

calculated 1:06 depend on the location of excavation. The hauling roads with proper

gradients and benches are properly designed along the strike direction by adopting safety

concepts. The excavators shall be deployed for excavation and tippers for transportation

of ROM and waste and compressors for drilling operations.

The manganese ore is exposed as Float ore and three discontinuous lensoidal bodies in

between and quartzite bodies.

During the mining and exploration, the depth of the ore is exposed maximum upto 98.64

m RL in mananganese bodies and uniformly upto (2.0 mt depth from surface) as float ore

from the surface.

It is proposed to work float Manganese ore and In-situ manganese ore during remaining

two years period of modification of mining period by semi mechanized open cast method

of mining.

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/s. S.K. SARAWAGI & CO PVT LTD – 17.63 Ha.

DRAFT EIA REPORT

CHAPTER-X

SUMMARY & CONCLUSIONS

10 - 5

The proposed workings will be from surface. So it is easy to exploit this manganese float

ore from the surface by slicing of 2.0 to 3.0m thickness each in a successive manner from

top bench to down wards. The mining machinery that is likely to be deployed is

excavator and tippers. After excavation with excavators, the segregation will be done by

manually by deploying skilled labors. Maximum 3 m height & 3m width benches will be

developing for feasible mining work.

10.5 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT

10.5.1 Land Use:

The total mining area of 17.63Hectares is Government land and presently under mining.

The land is no fit for agriculture activities.

Soil Quality

The analytical results of the soil samples collected during the study period are

summarized below.

The pH of the soil is an important property; vegetation cannot grow in low and high

pH value soils. The normal range of pH in the soils is 6.0 to 8.5. The pH values in the

study area are varying from 6.4 to 7.5 indicating that the soils are falling in neutral

soil.

Based on the electrical conductivity, the soils are classified into four groups (Normal,

Critical for germination, Critical for growth of the sensitive crops, Injurious to most

crops). The electrical conductivity in the study area is varying from 115 to 165 micro-

mhos per centimetre (μmhos/cm). This is good for germination

The other important parameters for characterization of soil for irrigation are the

primary nutrients – Nitrogen, Phosphorus and Potassium (N, P, K) and the secondary

nutrients—Calcium, Magnesium and Sulphur (Ca, Mg, S). The primary and secondary

nutrient elements are known as major elements. This classification is based on their

relative abundance, and not on their relative importance.

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/s. S.K. SARAWAGI & CO PVT LTD – 17.63 Ha.

DRAFT EIA REPORT

CHAPTER-X

SUMMARY & CONCLUSIONS

10 - 6

Nitrogen encourages the vegetative development of plants by imparting a healthy

green colour to the leaves. The available Nitrogen as N in the study area is varying

from 84 to 126 kg/ha. This is good for crops when compared with soil standards.

Phosphorus influences the vigour of plants and improves the quality of crops. In the

study area available, Phosphorus was found in varying quantities of 38.7 to 61.2

kg/ha. This is average sufficient level when compared to soil standards.

Potassium enhances the ability of the plants to resist diseases, insect attacks, cold and

other adverse conditions. The available potassium in the study area varies between

172 to 256mg/kg. This is average level for crops.

Organic Carbon in the study area ranges from 0.26 to 0.59%. This is an average

sufficient level for crops.

Based on the above results, the soils in the region are average fertile enough for

cultivation of crops.

10.5.2 Water Quality

Ground water Quality:

The pH limit fixed for drinking water samples as per IS:10500 is 6.5 to 8.5. During

the study period, the pH of the groundwater was found varying between 7.1 and7.6.

The pH values for all the samples collected in the study area during study period were

found to be within the acceptable limits.

The acceptable limit for total dissolved solids as per IS:10500 are 500 mg/l

10500whereas the permissible limit of the same is 2000 mg/l. In groundwater

samples collected from the study area, the total dissolved solids (TDS) were found to

be varying between 702mg/l and 821mg/l. The TDS of all the samples were below

the permissible limit of 2000 mg/l.

The acceptable limit for Chloride is 250 mg/l as per IS:10500whereas the permissible

limit of the same is 1,000 mg/l. The Chloride levels in the groundwater samples

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/s. S.K. SARAWAGI & CO PVT LTD – 17.63 Ha.

DRAFT EIA REPORT

CHAPTER-X

SUMMARY & CONCLUSIONS

10 - 7

collected in the study area were ranging from 195.6 – 245.2 mg/l, which were within

acceptable limits.

The acceptable limit as per IS:10500 for hardness are 300 mg/l whereas the

permissible limit for the same is 600 mg/l. In the groundwater samples collected from

the study area, the hardness was found to be varying from 301mg/l to 363mg/l. The

hardness of all the samples were below the permissible limits of 600 mg/l.

Fluoride is the other important parameter, which has the acceptable limit of 1 mg/l

and permissible limit of 1.5 mg/l. However, the optimum content of fluoride in the

drinking water is 0.6 to 1.5 mg/l. In the groundwater samples of study area, the

fluoride values were found to be within a range of 0.38 mg/l to 0.67mg/l, which were

within acceptable limits.

Manganese concentration in water collected from the mine pit is analysed to be 0.82

mg/l and the other water samples manganese concentration ranges between 0.03 to

0.08 mg/l, which were within acceptable limits.

All the heavy metals in all samples were found to be below the permissible limits.

An overview of the results obtained reveals that none of parameters were found above

the permissible limits of IS: 10500 Drinking Water Standards.

Surface water Quality:

pH of the surface water collected was neutral with pH ranging from 7.1 -7.4

TDS was found to be 396mg/l to 476mg/l. The tolerance limit of 1,500 mg/l as per

IS:2296

Total hardness was found to be 97mg/l to 122mg/l

Presence of Nitrate was recorded as 0.26mg/l to 0.46 mg/l

DO was observed as 5.6mg/l to 6.1mg/l

Total coliform in water was 500MPN/100ml to 1600MPN/100 ml. The likely source

of bacteriological contamination was due to the proximity to residential area.

All the heavy metals were found to be within below detectable limits.

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/s. S.K. SARAWAGI & CO PVT LTD – 17.63 Ha.

DRAFT EIA REPORT

CHAPTER-X

SUMMARY & CONCLUSIONS

10 - 8

10.5.3 Ambient Air Quality:

On the perusal of above summary of analysis of ambient air quality in the study area it is

evident that all monitored values in various locations are well within the specified limits

of CPCB. The results are summarized below:

PM10: The highest PM10 concentration 64.30μg/m3 was observed in the ambient air was

recorded at station Project site while the lowest PM10 concentration was found to be

20.20 μg/m3at Geddakancharam. All the monitored values of PM10 are well below the

specified limit of 100 μg/m3.

PM2.5: The highest PM2.5 concentration 32.79 μg/m3 was observed in the ambient air was

recorded at station Project site, while the lowest PM2.5concentration was found to be

12.08 μg/m3 at Penasam. All the monitored values of PM2.5 are well below the specified

limit of 60 μg/m3.

SO2: The highest SO2 concentration 13.60μg/m3 was observed in the ambient air was

recorded at station Project site while the lowest SO2 concentration was found to be

5.10μg/m3 at Seethubhimavaram. All the monitored values of SO2 are well below the

specified limit of 80 μg/m3.

NOx: The highest concentration 18.77μg/m3was observed in the ambient air was

recorded at station Project site while the lowest NOx concentration was found to be 6.96

μg/m3at Seethubhimavaram. All the monitored values of NOx are well below the

specified limit of 80μg/m3.

Silica: Free Silica found to be <3.5 μg/m3which is Minimum Detectable Limit in all AAQ

locations as per the method of OSHA ID 0142.Permissible Exposure Limit as OSHA

(Occupational Safety and Health Administration) is 50 μg/m3.

10.5.4 Noise Quality:

The Leq day noise level at the mine site is 61.4 dB (A) which are within the standard

limit of Industrial area i.e. ~75 dB (A). During night the Leq night noise level is 48.4 dB

(A) which is also within the night-time noise standard limit of 70.0 dB (A).

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/s. S.K. SARAWAGI & CO PVT LTD – 17.63 Ha.

DRAFT EIA REPORT

CHAPTER-X

SUMMARY & CONCLUSIONS

10 - 9

The noise levels in the buffer zone ranges between 42.5 – 53.5 dB (A) during day time

and 31.5 – 44.8 dB (A) during night time which is also within the standard limit for

residential area.

10.5.5 Biodiversity:

The study area comprises thorny-scrub vegetation which is very much exposed due to

biotic factors and the present condition is highly eroded and is primarily responsible for

the development of Thorny-scrub vegetation. In such open low forests, high percentage

of thorny and usually a few hard-wood species predominate where the canopy is open.

The common tree and shrubby species in these areas are Ziziphus mauritiana, Hugonia

mystax, Dichrostachys cinerea, Diospyros chloroxylon, Cassia auriculata, Phyllanthus

reticulata, Randia dumetorum, Carissa carandus, and Glycosmis mauritiana.

Fauna compiled on the basis of sighting during field survey in the area and also from the

information collected from villagers and forest in the area. The checklist gives the

zoological name, common name and schedules of wild life found in the area. The

mammalian fauna is very less due to lack of well developed forests. So, some common

mammalian species like Mus rattus rattus, Bandicoota bengalensis and Herpestes

edwardsi found. Some resident birds of the area are Carvus splendens, Acridotheres

tristis, Streptopelia chinensis, and Dicrurrus adsimilis available in the study area.

Commonly found reptiles in the area are Calotes versicolor, Hemidactylus fretanus and

Bangarus cirulis. In addition to the wildlife, commonly found domestic animals such as

cow, buffalo, goat, sheep, dog, cat etc. and lower life forms such as ant, spider, butterfly,

bee, wasp, and termite are also observed in the study area.

10.5.6 Socio-Economic:

Vizianagaram is the main city of the Vizianagaram District of North Eastern Andhra

Pradesh in Southern India. Vizianagaram district was formed on 1 June 1979, with some

parts carved from the neighboring districts of Srikakulam and Visakhapatnam. It is, at

present, the largest municipality of Andhra Pradesh in terms of population.

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/s. S.K. SARAWAGI & CO PVT LTD – 17.63 Ha.

DRAFT EIA REPORT

CHAPTER-X

SUMMARY & CONCLUSIONS

10 - 10

According to 2011 census the district has a total population of 23, 44,474 out of which 11,

61,477 are males and 11, 82,997 are females. The district has a sex ratio of 1019 females

for every 1000 males. In the year 2001-2011 the population growth rate in the district was

4.23% out of which 3.75% are males and 4.72% are females. The major religion in the

district is Hindu with 98.07% of the total population. As per 2001 census the principal

language in the district is Telugu with 94.84%.

10.6 ANTICIPATED IMPACT AND MITIGATION MEASURES:

10.6.1 Land Environment:

Mining operation was started in the year 2007 by the proponent and presently the mine

under operation with the production capacity of 1500 TPA as per obtained EC, CFE and

CFO orders and will increase its production after obtaining necessary permissions. The

land degradation is minimal and restricted only to the mining area and the facilities within

the mine lease boundary.

The total mine lease area is about 17.63 Ha. During the ensuing plan period an area of

0.6171 Ha of land will be brought under mining, which includes the existing working

area of 1.82 Ha. and 1.442 Ha of land will be kept as 7.5 m wide safety zone. It can be

used for native species plantation at the end of the mining activity.

10.6.2 Water Environment:

Total water requirement of the mining expansion project is 19.0 KLD. This requirement

will be met by water tankers from nearby villages. There will be no wastewater

generation. The domestic waste water of 2.0 KLD generated will be treated through

septic tank followed by soak pit.

10.6.3 Air Environment:

The air borne particulate matter comprising of particulate matter is the main air pollutant

contributed by opencast mining. During the mining operations mitigation measures like

regular water sprinkling, plantation, maintenance of equipments, machinery and vehicles

etc will be carried out.

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/s. S.K. SARAWAGI & CO PVT LTD – 17.63 Ha.

DRAFT EIA REPORT

CHAPTER-X

SUMMARY & CONCLUSIONS

10 - 11

10.6.4 Noise Environment:

Mining will be open cast semi mechanized which does not involve drilling and blasting.

Still preventive measures like regular maintenance of vehicles and equipments will be

done and protective gears like ear muffs etc will be provided to the workers.

10.6.5 Biological Environment

No forest area diversion is required in the mining area and the land is non-agriculture

sandy vacant with insignificant vegetation. The fauna in the vicinity of the mine is

restricted to few common species. There will be no impact on flora and fauna due to the

project. Green belt development will not only increase the ambience of the area but will

also be helpful in the survival of core zone fauna especially avian fauna.

10.6.6 Socio-Economic Environment:

The project will enhance chance of direct and indirect employment in the area. Therefore

overall economic development is much likely after commencing expansion operations of

the mine. The budget for district mineral fund that will be given by the management will

also increase the living standard of the local community.

10.6.7 Mine Waste:

There is no topsoil generation during the plan period. The waste material that will be

generated during the course of mining for Manganese ore comprises quartzites, quartzo

felspathic material, khondalite, etc. will be stacked separately In the existing dump. In the

review period about 31845.58 m3 of total waste is estimated to be generated. On an

average 15922.79 m3 of waste will be generated yearly. The waste will be dumped in the

northern side (90.98 m2) having height 3.5 m over the existing dump (1.03 Ha). The rain

wash off from the dumps will be prevented by providing garland channel of 2.0 m width

over a length of 300 m all along the dumps and also by erecting retaining walls of 1 m

height over a length of 294 m. The inactive dumps will be stabilized by plantation

10.6.8 Impacts due to Transportation:

Transportation of mined out mineral from the pit head will be transported by hired

/consumer’s trucks. Due to mine expansion operations, increase in traffic density will be

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/s. S.K. SARAWAGI & CO PVT LTD – 17.63 Ha.

DRAFT EIA REPORT

CHAPTER-X

SUMMARY & CONCLUSIONS

10 - 12

very less as number of vehicle deployed and the road is capable of bearing the increased

traffic due to the project.

10.7 RISK ASSESSMENT & DISASTER MANGEMENT PLAN

Mining will be carried out by semi-mechanized opencast mining, with mining

equipments such as excavator, dumpers etc. Drilling will be undertaken where ever

required and if the strata is very hard if not the mineral will be removed with excavator

only. Blasting activities are not required for the mineral production from this mine.

Operational risks such as failure of bench stability, accidents by heavy

machinery/vehicles and surface fires can be anticipated.

These risks can be minimized by taking care during mining operations, Providing PPE for

all work force and hiring competent personnel for handling the mine operations.

10.8 PROJECT BENEFITS:

The mining expansion project has a significant positive impact on the socio-economic

environment and it will help sustain the overall development of the area. The project

significantly contributes the economic development by providing direct employment to

87 and indirect employment to many more people in the area. By organizing health

checkup camps, awareness programs about rural development of the locals in the field of

education, personal health care and skill development campaigns to improve standards of

living in the area.

10.9 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN:

Preparation of Environmental Management Plan (EMP) is required for formulation,

implementation and monitoring of environmental protection measures during and after

resuming of the mining project. The expansion project cost is 95.0 Lakhs (which includes

existing project cost of 20.0 Lakhs) and EMP capital cost Rs. 7.2 Lakhs and recurring

cost as Rs 6.5Lakhs per annum.

Among other environmental protection, following measures are listed below:

� Sprinkling of water for dust suppression on mine haul roads, loading and unloading

areas.

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/s. S.K. SARAWAGI & CO PVT LTD – 17.63 Ha.

DRAFT EIA REPORT

CHAPTER-X

SUMMARY & CONCLUSIONS

10 - 13

� Regular Compaction & grading of haul roads and service roads to clear accumulation

of loose material.

� Avoid overloading of dumpers and consequent spillage on the roads.

� Good maintenance of vehicles & machinery.

� Limited drilling and avoiding blasting in this mine operations

10.10 RECOMMENDATIONS

The regular medical check-up of workers is to be carried out. Green belt development is

to be stressed and workers must be motivated for plantation care. The general

environmental awareness is given to the local workers. Regular maintenance of vehicle is

carried out. Slogans of Environment, health & safety are recommended for display in

local language. Hence significantly there is no likely impact is envisaged due to mining

activity. The management must keenly celebrate the importance of World Environment

Day to create awareness amongst the workers. Conservation of soil and water must be

emphasized not only at works but also at their own place. With implementation of

Environment management plan and providing continual improvement the mine may be

accorded Environmental Clearance.

Adequate measures will be taken for control of noise at source.

Intensive green belt will be developed.

Control of dust emissions.

Consequently,

This project aims at keeping the key industries within the country well supplied

with an essential raw material

Does not give rise to any adverse biophysical or socio-economic impacts

No rehabilitation required

The project has significant positive aspects such generation of employment

Acceptable impact on environmental parameters

CHAPTER –XI

DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/S S.K. SARAWAGI & CO PVT LTD – 17.63 HA.

DRAFT EIA REPORT

CHAPTER-XI

DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS

11 -1

11.0 Disclosure of NABET accredited organization for EIA studies

This chapter provides the overview of the consultants engaged in EIA studies.

11.1 About SV Enviro Labs & Consultants (SVELC)

Pioneered its way in the mid 90’s in Yanam, the Evergreen Union Territory of

Puducherry, to cater quality service in the area of environmental pollution. The laboratory

serves have been set up in an extent of 7500 sft in the city of destiny Visakhapatnam. To

provide Analytical expertise in the field of Environmental Engineering. Our technical

expertise is one among the best in the country, providing economical & sound

environmental and safety solutions.

SVELC is an ISO 9001:2015 company and is accredited by:

ISO 9001:2015

ISO 14001: 2015

Ministry of Environment, Forests & Climate Change (MoEF&CC), Govt. of

India, New Delhi

National Accreditation Board for Education & Training (NABET) registered

Environmental consultants by Quality Council of India (QCI).

National Accreditation Board for Testing and Calibration Laboratories (NABL) in

the field of testing

ISO 45001: 2018

11.2 Services offered by SV Enviro

Environmental:

Environmental Impact Assessments

Environmental Management Plan

Environmental Audits preparation

Solid and hazardous waste management

Risk assessment and disaster management plans

Occupational health and safety studies

Socio-economic studies

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/S S.K. SARAWAGI & CO PVT LTD – 17.63 HA.

DRAFT EIA REPORT

CHAPTER-XI

DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS

11 -2

Marine impact assessment

Rehabilitation and resettlement studies

Analysis:

Environmental monitoring for air, water, soil, noise, ecology, hazardous waste, etc

Industrial emission source monitoring

Offshore sampling and analysis of marine water and sediments

Analysis of water, wastewater, soil, solid waste, hazardous waste, lube oils, etc

Noise quality monitoring

Work zone source emission analysis

The firm has been engaged in the work of Environmental Impact Assessment studies for

category –A & B projects, preparation of Environmental management plans (EMP) for

the last 10 years for the purpose of obtaining clearance from Ministry of Environment,

Forests & Climate Change.

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/S S.K. SARAWAGI & CO PVT LTD – 17.63 HA.

DRAFT EIA REPORT

CHAPTER-XI

DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS

11 -3

Fig: 11.1 – NABET Certificate

KARLAM MANGANESE MINE OF

M/S S.K. SARAWAGI & CO PVT LTD – 17.63 HA.

DRAFT EIA REPORT

CHAPTER-XI

DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS

11 -4

Fig: 11.2 – NABET Extension of Validity Certificate

ANNEXURES

ANNEXURE – I

TOR COPY

File No.SEIAA AP VZM 04 2007

Goverment of India

State Level Environment Impact Assessment Authority

Andhra Pradesh

***

To,

M/s MS S K SARAWAGI CO PVT LTD

Sarawagi House, Kaspa Street, Chipurupalli Village and Mandal, Vizianagaram,

Vizianagaram-535128

Andhra Pradesh

Tel.No.0891-2755528; Email:[email protected]

Sub. Terms of Reference to the Karlam Manganese Mine of M/s. S.K.Sarawagi & Co. Pvt.

Ltd., M/s S. K. Sarawagi & Co. Pvt. Ltd, Sarawagi House, Kaspa Street, Chipurupalli

Village & Mandal, Vizianagaram District

Dear Sir/Madam,

This has reference to the proposal submitted in the Ministry of Environment, Forest

and Climate Change to prescribe the Terms of Reference (TOR) for undertaking detailed EIA

study for the purpose of obtaining Environmental Clearance in accordance with the provisions of

the EIA Notification, 2006. For this purpose, the proponent had submitted online information in the

prescribed format (Form-1 ) along with a Pre-feasibility Report. The details of the proposal are

given below:

1. Proposal No.: SIA/AP/MIN/60488/2021

2. Name of the Proposal: Karlam Manganese Mine of M/s. S.K.Sarawagi

& Co. Pvt. Ltd.

3. Category of the Proposal: Non-Coal Mining

4. Project/Activity applied for: 1(a) Mining of minerals

5. Date of submission for TOR: 03 Feb 2021

Date : 23-03-2021

Sri P.V. Chalapathi Rao, I.F.S.

( Member Secretary )

Office : State Level Environment Impact Assessment Authority (SEIAA), O/o Andhra

Pradesh Pollution Control Board, D.No.33-26-14 D/2, Near Sunrise Hospital, Pushpa Hotel

Centre, Chalamavari Street, Kasturibaipet, Vijayawada-520010, Andhra Pradesh.

Phone No : 2755528 Mobile : 9949613525

Email id : [email protected]

Note : This is auto tor granted letter.

In this regard, under the provisions of the EIA Notification 2006 as amended, the Standard TOR

for the purpose of preparing environment impact assessment report and environment

management plan for obtaining prior environment clearance is prescribed with public consultation

as follows:

STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE (TOR) FOR EIA/EMP REPORT FOR

PROJECTS/ACTIVITIES REQUIRING ENVIRONMENT CLEARANCE

Terms of Reference (TOR) for preparation of Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) and

Environmental Management Plan (EMP) for "Mining of Minerals" as per the EIA Notification, 2006 has

been devised to improve the quality of the reports and facilitate decision-making transparent and easy.

TOR will help the project proponents to prepare report with relevant project specific data and easily

interpretable information. TOR for mining of minerals is expected to cover all environmental related

features.

Mining of minerals plays a positive role in the process of country's economic development. In

addition to the contribution towards economic growth, mining can also be a major source of degradation

of physical as well as social environment, unless it is properly managed. Environmental impacts can arise

during all activities of the mining process. Minimizing the damage due to mining operations depends on

sound environmental practices in a framework of balanced environmental legislation. The potential adverse

effects of mining activities include air pollution, surface and groundwater pollution, noise and vibration,

damage to local ecology, natural topography and drainage, depletion of water resources etc. All these

environmental components are required to be considered while selecting a proper methodology of mining,

mitigation measures to reduce pollution load, conservation of natural resources etc.

The projects of mining of minerals as stated in the schedule require prior environment clearance

under the EIA notification, 2006. Category 'A' Projects are handled in the MoEF&CC and Category 'B'

projects are being handled by the respective State Environment Impact Assessment Authorities (SEIAAs)

notified by MoEF&CC and following the procedure prescribed under the EIA Notification, 2006. As per

this Notification, as amended, the projects of mining of minor minerals with mining lease area equal to or

greater than 50 hectare are to be handled at the level of the MoEF&CC for grant of EC. Such projects with

mining lease area less than 50 hectare are to be handled by the respective State Environment Impact

Assessment Authority (SEIAA).

1(a):STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE FOR CONDUCTING

ENVIRONMENT IMPACT ASSESSMENT STUDY FOR NON-COAL

MINING PROJECTS AND INFORMATION TO BE INCLUDED IN EIA/EMP

REPORT

1) Year-wise production details since 1994 should be given, clearly stating the highest production

achieved in any one year prior to 1994. It may also be categorically informed whether there had

been any increase in production after the EIA Notification 1994 came into force, w.r.t. the highest

production achieved prior to 1994.

2) A copy of the document in support of the fact that the Proponent is the rightful lessee of the mine

should be given.

3) All documents including approved mine plan, EIA and Public Hearing should be compatible with

one another in terms of the mine lease area, production levels, waste generation and its management,

mining technology etc. and should be in the name of the lessee.

4) All corner coordinates of the mine lease area, superimposed on a High Resolution Imagery/ toposheet,

topographic sheet, geomorphology and geology of the areashould be provided. Such an Imagery of

STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE (TOR) FOR EIA/EMP REPORT FOR PROJECTS/

ACTIVITIES REQUIRING ENVIRONMENT CLEARANCE

the proposed area should clearly show the land use and other ecological features of the study area

(core and buffer zone).

5) Information should be provided in Survey of India Toposheet in 1:50,000 scale indicating geological

map of the area, geomorphology of land forms of the area, existing minerals and mining history of

the area, important water bodies, streams and rivers and soil characteristics.

6) Details about the land proposed for mining activities should be givenwith information as to whether

mining conforms to the land use policy of the State; land diversion for mining should have approval

from State land use board or the concerned authority.

7) It should be clearly stated whether the proponent Company has a well laid down Environment

Policy approved by its Board of Directors? If so, it may be spelt out in the EIA Report with description

of the prescribed operating process/procedures to bring into focus any infringement/deviation/

violation of the environmental or forest norms/ conditions? The hierarchical system or administrative

order of the Company to deal with the environmental issues and for ensuring compliance with the

EC conditions may also be given. The system of reporting of non-compliances / violations of

environmental norms to the Board of Directors of the Company and/or shareholders or stakeholders

at large,may also be detailed in the EIA Report.

8) Issues relating to Mine Safety, including subsidence study in case of underground mining and slope

study in case of open cast mining, blasting study etc. should be detailed. The proposed safeguard

measures in each case should also be provided.

9) The study rea will comprise of 10 km zone around the mine lease from lease periphery and the data

contained in the EIA such as waste generation etc. should be for the life of the mine / lease period.

10) Land use of the study rea delineating forest area, agricultural land, grazing land, wildlife sanctuary,

national park, migratory routes of fauna, water bodies, human settlements and other ecological

features should be indicated. Land use plan of the mine lease area should be prepared to encompass

preoperational, operational and post operational phases and submitted. Impact, if any, of change of

land use should be given.

11) Details of the land for any Over Burden Dumps outside the mine lease, such as extent of land area,

distance from mine lease, its land use, R&R issues, if any, should be given.

12) A Certificate from the Competent Authority in the State Forest Department should be provided,

confirming the involvement of forest land, if any, in the project area. In the event of any contrary

claim by the Project Proponent regarding the status of forests, the site may be inspected by the State

Forest Department along with the Regional Office of the Ministry to ascertain the status of forests,

based on which, the Certificate in this regard as mentioned above be issued. In all such cases, it

would be desirable for representative of the State Forest Department to assist the Expert Appraisal

Committees.

13) Status of forestry clearance for the broken up area and virgin forestland involved in the Project

including deposition of net present value (NPV) and compensatory afforestation (CA) should be

indicated. A copy of the forestry clearance should also be furnished.

STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE (TOR) FOR EIA/EMP REPORT FOR

PROJECTS/ACTIVITIES REQUIRING ENVIRONMENT CLEARANCE

14) Implementation status of recognition of forest rights under the Scheduled Tribes and other Traditional

Forest Dwellers (Recognition of Forest Rights) Act, 2006 should be indicated.

15) The vegetation in the RF / PF areas in the study area, with necessary details, should be given.

16) A study shall be got done to ascertain the impact of the Mining Project on wildlife of the study area

and details furnished. Impact of the project on the wildlife in the surrounding and any other protected

area and accordingly, detailed mitigative measures required, should be worked out with cost

implications and submitted.

17) Location of National Parks, Sanctuaries, Biosphere Reserves, Wildlife Corridors, Ramsar site Tiger/

Elephant Reserves/(existing as well as proposed), if any, within 10 km of the mine lease should be

clearly indicated, supported by a location map duly authenticated by Chief Wildlife Warden.

Necessary clearance, as may be applicable to such projects due to proximity of the ecologically

sensitive areas as mentioned above, should be obtained from the Standing Committee of National

Board of Wildlifeand copy furnished.

18) A detailed biological study of the study area [core zone and buffer zone (10 km radius of the periphery

of the mine lease)] shall be carried out. Details of flora and fauna, endangered, endemic and RET

Species duly authenticated, separately for core and buffer zone should be furnished based on such

primary field survey, clearly indicating the Schedule of the fauna present. In case of any scheduled-

I fauna found in the study area, the necessary plan alongwith budgetary provisions for their

conservation should be prepared in consultation with State Forest and Wildlife Department and

details furnished. Necessary allocation of funds for implementing the same should be made as part

of the project cost.

19) Proximity to Areas declared as 'Critically Polluted' or the Project areas likely to come under the

'Aravali Range', (attracting court restrictions for mining operations), should also be indicated and

where so required, clearance certifications from the prescribed Authorities, such as the SPCB or

State Mining Dept. Should be secured and furnished to the effect that the proposed mining activities

could be considered.

20) Similarly, for coastal Projects, A CRZ map duly authenticated by one of the authorized agencies

demarcating LTL. HTL, CRZ area, location of the mine lease w.r.t CRZ, coastal features such as

mangroves, if any, should be furnished. (Note: The Mining Projects falling under CRZ would also

need to obtain approval of the concerned Coastal Zone Management Authority).

21) R&R Plan/compensation details for the Project Affected People (PAP) should be furnished. While

preparing the R&R Plan, the relevant State/National Rehabilitation & Resettlement Policy should

be kept in view. In respect of SCs /STs and other weaker sections of the society in the study area, a

need based sample survey, family-wise, should be undertaken to assess their requirements, and

action programmes prepared and submitted accordingly, integrating the sectoral programmes of

line departments of the State Government. It may be clearly brought out whether the village(s)

located in the mine lease area will be shifted or not. The issues relating to shifting of village(s)

including their R&R and socio-economic aspects should be discussed in the Report.

STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE (TOR) FOR EIA/EMP REPORT FOR PROJECTS/

ACTIVITIES REQUIRING ENVIRONMENT CLEARANCE

22) One season (non-monsoon) [i.e. March-May (Summer Season); October-December (post monsoon

season) ; December-February (winter season)]primary baseline data on ambient air quality as per

CPCB Notification of 2009, water quality, noise level, soil and flora and fauna shall be collected

and the AAQ and other data so compiled presented date-wise in the EIA and EMP Report. Site-

specific meteorological data should also be collected. The location of the monitoring stations should

be such as to represent whole of the study area and justified keeping in view the pre-dominant

downwind direction and location of sensitive receptors. There should be at least one monitoring

station within 500 m of the mine lease in the pre-dominant downwind direction. The mineralogical

composition of PM10, particularly for free silica, should be given.

23) Air quality modeling should be carried out for prediction of impact of the project on the air quality

of the area. It should also take into account the impact of movement of vehicles for transportation of

mineral. The details of the model used and input parameters used for modeling should be provided.

The air quality contours may be shown on a location map clearly indicating the location of the site,

location of sensitive receptors, if any, and the habitation. The wind roses showing pre-dominant

wind direction may also be indicated on the map.

24) The water requirement for the Project, its availability and source should be furnished. A detailed

water balance should also be provided. Fresh water requirement for the Project should be indicated.

25) Necessary clearance from the Competent Authority for drawl of requisite quantity of water for the

Project should be provided.

26) Description of water conservation measures proposed to be adopted in the Project should be given.

Details of rainwater harvesting proposed in the Project, if any, should be provided.

27) Impact of the Project on the water quality, both surface and groundwater, should be assessed and

necessary safeguard measures, if any required, should be provided.

28) Based on actual monitored data, it may clearly be shown whether working will intersect groundwater.

Necessary data and documentation in this regard may be provided. In case the working will intersect

groundwater table, a detailed Hydro Geological Study should be undertaken and Report furnished.

The Report inter-alia, shall include details of the aquifers present and impact of mining activities on

these aquifers. Necessary permission from Central Ground Water Authority for working below

ground water and for pumping of ground water should also be obtained and copy furnished.

29) Details of any stream, seasonal or otherwise, passing through the lease area and modification /

diversion proposed, if any, and the impact of the same on the hydrology should be brought out.

30) Information on site elevation, working depth, groundwater table etc. Should be provided both in

AMSL and bgl. A schematic diagram may also be provided for the same.

31) A time bound Progressive Greenbelt Development Plan shall be prepared in a tabular form (indicating

the linear and quantitative coverage, plant species and time frame) and submitted, keeping in mind,

the same will have to be executed up front on commencement of the Project. Phase-wise plan of

plantation and compensatory afforestation should be charted clearly indicating the area to be covered

STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE (TOR) FOR EIA/EMP REPORT FOR

PROJECTS/ACTIVITIES REQUIRING ENVIRONMENT CLEARANCE

under plantation and the species to be planted. The details of plantation already done should be

given.The plant species selected for green belt should have greater ecological value and should be

of good utility value to the local population with emphasis on local and native species and the

species which are tolerant to pollution.

32) Impact on local transport infrastructure due to the Project should be indicated. Projected increase in

truck traffic as a result of the Project in the present road network (including those outside the

Project area) should be worked out, indicating whether it is capable of handling the incremental

load. Arrangement for improving the infrastructure, if contemplated (including action to be taken

by other agencies such as State Government) should be covered. Project Proponent shall conduct

Impact of Transportation study as per Indian Road Congress Guidelines.

33) Details of the onsite shelter and facilities to be provided to the mine workers should be included in

the EIA Report.

34) Conceptual post mining land use and Reclamation and Restoration of mined out areas (with plans

and with adequate number of sections) should be given in the EIA report.

35) Occupational Health impacts of the Project should be anticipated and the proposed preventive

measures spelt out in detail. Details of pre-placement medical examination and periodical medical

examination schedules should be incorporated in the EMP. The project specific occupational health

mitigation measures with required facilities proposed in the mining area may be detailed.

36) Public health implications of the Project and related activities for the population in the impact zone

should be systematically evaluated and the proposed remedial measures should be detailed along

with budgetary allocations.

37) Measures of socio economic significance and influence to the local community proposed to be

provided by the Project Proponent should be indicated. As far as possible, quantitative dimensions

may be given with time frames for implementation.

38) Detailed environmental management plan (EMP) to mitigate the environmental impacts which,

should inter-alia include the impacts of change of land use, loss of agricultural and grazing land, if

any, occupational health impacts besides other impacts specific to the proposed Project.

39) Public Hearing points raised and commitment of the Project Proponent on the same along with time

bound Action Plan with budgetary provisions to implement the same should be provided and also

incorporated in the final EIA/EMP Report of the Project.

40) Details of litigation pending against the project, if any, with direction /order passed by any Court of

Law against the Project should be given.

41) The cost of the Project (capital cost and recurring cost) as well as the cost towards implementation

of EMP should be clearly spelt out.

42) A Disaster management Plan shall be prepared and included in the EIA/EMP Report.

STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE (TOR) FOR EIA/EMP REPORT FOR PROJECTS/

ACTIVITIES REQUIRING ENVIRONMENT CLEARANCE

43) Benefits of the Project if the Project is implemented should be spelt out. The benefits of the Project

shall clearly indicate environmental, social, economic, employment potential, etc.

44) Besides the above, the below mentioned general points are also to be followed:-

a) All documents to be properly referenced with index and continuous page numbering.

b) Where data are presented in the Report especially in Tables, the period in which the data

were collected and the sources should be indicated.

c) Project Proponent shall enclose all the analysis/testing reports of water, air, soil, noise etc.

using the MoEF&CC/NABL accredited laboratories. All the original analysis/testing reports

should be available during appraisal of the Project.

d) Where the documents provided are in a language other than English, an English translation

should be provided.

e) The Questionnaire for environmental appraisal of mining projects as devised earlier by the

Ministry shall also be filled and submitted.

f) While preparing the EIA report, the instructions for the Proponents and instructions for the

Consultants issued by MoEF vide O.M. No. J-11013/41/2006-IA.II(I) dated 4th August, 2009,

which are available on the website of this Ministry, should be followed.

g) Changes, if any made in the basic scope and project parameters (as submitted in Form-I and

the PFR for securing the TOR) should be brought to the attention of MoEF&CC with reasons

for such changes and permission should be sought, as the TOR may also have to be altered.

Post Public Hearing changes in structure and content of the draft EIA/EMP (other than

modifications arising out of the P.H. process) will entail conducting the PH again with the

revised documentation.

h) As per the circular no. J-11011/618/2010-IA.II(I) dated 30.5.2012, certified report of the

status of compliance of the conditions stipulated in the environment clearance for the existing

operations of the project, should be obtained from the Regional Office of Ministry of

Environment, Forest and Climate Change, as may be applicable.

i) The EIA report should also include (i) surface plan of the area indicating contours of main

topographic features, drainage and mining area, (ii) geological maps and sections and (iii)

sections of the mine pit and external dumps, if any, clearly showing the land features of the

adjoining area.

****

ANNEXURE – II

MODIFIED MINING

PLAN

ANNEXURE – III

CLUSTER LETTER

& MAP

ANNEXURE – IV

PRODUCTION

DETAILS

ANNEXURE – V

EC & CFOs

Page 1 of 6

ANDHRA PRADESH POLLUTION CONTROL BOARD

ZONAL OFFICE :: VISAKHAPATNAM D.No.39-33-20/4/1,Madhavadhara Vuda Colony, Visakhapatnam - 530018.

Ph : 0891-2719380

RED CATEGORY

CONSENT ORDER

Consent Order No: 9107/APPCB/ZO-VSP/VZM/CFO/2020 Date: 03.12.2020

CONSENT is hereby granted for Operation under section 25/26 of the Water (Prevention &

Control of Pollution) Act, 1974 and under section 21/22 of Air (Prevention & Control of

Pollution) Act 1981 and amendments thereof, Authorization under Rule 6 of the Hazardous

and Other Wastes (Management and Transboundary Movement) Rules, 2016 and

Authorization under Rule 10 of Bio Medical Waste Management Rules,2016 and the rules

and orders made there under (hereinafter referred to as 'the Acts’, `the Rules’) to:

M/s. S.K.Sarwagi & Co., Private Limited,

(Kanaka Mahalakshmi Managanese Ore Mine),

Sy.No.278, 279 & 281/1 to 8,

Karlam (V), Cheepurupalli (M),

Vizianagaram District.

(Hereinafter referred to as 'the Applicant') authorizing to operate the industrial plant to

discharge the effluents from the outlets and the quantity of emissions per hour from the

chimneys as detailed below:

i) Outlets for discharge of effluents:

Outlet

No.

Outlet

Description

Max Daily

Discharge

Quantity

Point of Disposal

1. Excess mine

discharge

24.0 Kilo Liters/Day Onland for gardening /irrigation within the

premises.

2. Domestic

effluents

0.2 Kilo Liters/Day Septic tank.

ii) Emissions from chimneys:

Chimney

No. Description of Chimney

Quantity of Emissions at

peak flow (m3/hr)

----

iii) HAZARDOUS WASTE AUTHORISATION (FORM – II) [See Rule 6 (2)]:

M/s. S.K.Sarwagi & Co., Private Limited, (Kanaka Mahalakshmi Managanese Ore

Mine) Sy.No.278, 279 & 281/1 to 8, Karlam (V), Cheepurupalli (M), Vizianagaram

District is hereby granted an authorization to operate a facility for collection, reception,

storage, treatment, transport and disposal of Hazardous Wastes namely:

HAZARDOUS WASTES WITH RECYCLING OPTION:

Sl.

No

Name of

Hazardous Waste Stream Quantity

Method of disposal

1. Used oil

5.1 of

Schedule –

1

8 Liters/

month

Shall be used as lubricant within

the premises (or) Shall be routed

through M/s. Andhra Pradesh

Environment Corporation

Limited (APEMCL) so as to sent

to authorized Re-processors /

Recyclers.

Page 2 of 6

This consent order is valid for the following products along with quantities indicated only:

This order is subject to the provisions of `the Acts’ and the Rules’ and orders made

thereunder and further subject to the terms and conditions incorporated in the schedule A,

B & C enclosed to this order.

This combined order of consent & Hazardous Waste Authorization shall be valid for a

period ending with the 30.09.2021.

JOINT CHIEF ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEER

To

M/s. S.K.Sarwagi & Co., Private Limited,

(Kanaka Mahalakshmi Managanese Ore Mine),

Sy.No.278, 279 & 281/1 to 8,

Karlam (V), Cheepurupalli (M),

Vizianagaram District.

- Copy to Environmental Engineer, Regional Office, Vizianagaram with a direction to

verify the compliance of the mine after commissioning and to furnish repot to Zonal

Office, Visakhapatnam for information and necessary action.

S.

No.

Name of the Products Capacity

1 Mining of Manganese Ore (over an

extent of 17.630 Ha.) 1500 TPA

Rajendra

Reddy Thuraka

Digitally signed by

Rajendra Reddy Thuraka

Date: 2020.12.03

12:58:38 +05'30'

Page 3 of 6

SCHEDULE – A

1. Any up-set condition in any activity of the Mining Unit, which may result in, increased

violation of standards stipulated in this order shall be informed to this Board, under

intimation to the Collector and District Magistrate and take immediate action to bring

down the discharge / emission below the limits.

2. The Mining Unit should carryout analysis of air emissions for the parameters

mentioned in this order on quarterly basis and submit to the Board.

3. All the rules & regulations notified by Ministry of Law and Justice, Government of India

regarding Public Liability Insurance Act, 1991 should be followed as applicable.

4. The Mining Unit should put up two sign boards (6x4 ft. each) at publicly visible places at

the main gate indicating the products, effluent discharge standards, air emission

standards, hazardous waste quantities and validity of CFO and exhibit the CFO order at

a prominent place in the factory premises.

5. Notwithstanding anything contained in this consent order, the Board hereby reserves

the right and powers to review / revoke any and/or all the conditions imposed herein

above and to make such variations as deemed fit for the purpose of the Acts by the

Board.

6. The Mining Unit shall submit Environment statement in Form V before 30th September

every year as per Rule No.14 of E (P) Rules, 1986 & amendments thereof.

7. The Mining Unit should make applications through Online for renewal of Consent

(under Water and Air Acts) and Authorization under HWM Rules at least 120 days

before the date of expiry of this order, along with prescribed fee under Water and Air

Acts and detailed compliance of CFO conditions for obtaining Consent & HW

Authorization of the Board. The Mining Unit should immediately submit the revised

application for consent to this Board in the event of any change in the raw material

used, processes employed, quantity of trade effluents & quantity of emissions. Any

change in the management shall be informed to the Board. The person authorized

should not let out the premises / lend / sell / transfer their industrial premises without

obtaining prior permission of the State Pollution Control Board.

8. Any person aggrieved by an order made by the State Board under Section 25, Section

26, Section 27 of Water Act, 1974 or Section 21/22 of Air Act, 1981 may within thirty

days from the date on which the order is communicated to him, prefer an appeal as per

Andhra Pradesh Water Rules, 1976 and Air Rules 1982, to Appellate authority

constituted under Section 28 of the Water(Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act,

1974 and Section 31 of the Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1981.

SCHEDULE - B

SPECIAL CONDITIONS:

1. The mining unit shall not carry out blasting operations for mining of manganese ore.

2. The mining unit shall develop thick greenbelt with tall growing trees all along the

boundary of 7.5 buffer zone.

3. The mining unit shall not cause dust pollution to the surrounding unit.

WATER:

4. The mining unit shall comply the following effluent standards based on the disposal

points permitted:

Outlet No. Parameter Concentration in mg/l

1 pH 5.5 - 9.0

TSS 200 mg /l

TDS 2100 mg/l

Oil & Grease 10 mg /l

BOD(3 days at 270 C ) 100 mg /l

COD 250.0 mg /l

Page 4 of 6

5. The source of water being bore well. The following is the permitted water

consumption:

S.

No.

Purpose Quantity

1. Water sprinkling on mine

haulage roads

06.0 Kilo Liters/Day

2. Domestic 0.5 Kilo Liters/Day

Total 6.5 Kilo Liters/Day

Separate meters with necessary pipe-line shall be maintained for assessing the

quantity of water used for each of the purposes mentioned above.

AIR:

6. The Mining Unit shall comply with ambient air quality standards of PM10 (Particulate

Matter size less than 10 m) - 100 g/ m3; PM2.5 (Particulate Matter size less than

2.5 m) - 60 g/ m3; SO2- 80 g/m3; NOx - 80 g/m3, at the periphery of the Mining

Unit.

Standards for other parameters as mentioned in the National Ambient Air Quality

Standards CPCB Notification No.B-29016/20/90/PCI-I, dated 18.11.2009.

Noise Levels: Day time (6 AM to 10 PM) - 75 dB (A)

Night time (10 PM to 6 AM) - 70 dB (A)

SOLID WASTE:

7. The Mining unit shall dispose solid waste as follows (after expansion):

S.

No

Solid Waste

generation Quantity Method of Disposal

1 Over burden 5000 TPA

Shall be disposed in earmarked area for

overburden within the quarry lease area as

per the approved mine plan.

GENERAL CONDITIONS:

8. The proponent shall ensure compliance of guidelines issued in G.O. Rt.No. 239, dt.

16.04.2020 and Memo No. covid-19/2020/HMFW, dt. 18.04.2020 issued by Medical,

health and Family welfare department, Government of AP and the Ministry of Home

Affairs order No. 40-3/2020/DM-DA, dt. 15.04.2020 scrupulously.

9. The proponent shall scrupulously follow any conditions stipulated by Revenue

department/Panchayat Raj/Municipal administration/Local self government bodies

(Gram Panchayat/Gram secretariat) in ensuring safety to human and animal life.

10. The Mining unit shall maintain the following records and the same shall be made

available to the inspecting officers of the Board:

a. Daily production details

b. Log Books for pollution control systems.

c. Solid waste generated and disposed.

d. Inspection book.

11. The Mining unit shall not increase the capacity beyond the permitted capacity

mentioned in this order, without obtaining CFE/CFO of the Board.

12. The Mining unit shall scrupulously comply with conditions stipulated by the SEIAA,

MoEF&CC, Vijayawada in the Environmental Clearance order dated: 26.03.2013.

13. The Mining unit shall not cause ground water pollution in and around the Mining

unit premises.

14. All the waste material should be accommodated within the Mining Lease Area.

15. All mining products and rejects, irrespective of size and quality, should be hauled

within the mine lease area.

16. Dumping of overburden, if done, should use the retreating pyramid bench formation

with concurrent, physical and biological reclamation. Dumps should be contoured

and provided with relief control and stabilized. Dump tops should be compacted,

leveled and be properly drained. The overburden shall not be disposed outside the

mine lease area under any circumstances.

Page 5 of 6

17. The mining unit shall construct retention wall around the dump and also construct

garland drain to arrest mined particles being carried away as run off during rainy

season around the dump yard.

18. Suitable tree species should be planted on either side of the haul roads.

19. Drills should be water-jacketed. Local exhaust ventilation systems should be

installed at dust generation points and the dust is led to a dust collection system.

20. The Mining unit shall provide water sprinklers for wetting the roads and at dust

generating sources to control fugitive dust emissions.

21. Greenbelt shall be developed at possible areas around the boundary.

22. The mine rejects shall be disposed scientifically in the earmarked area as per the

mining plan.

23. Fugitive emissions from all the sources shall be controlled regularly.

24. The Mining unit shall establish two Ambient Air Quality monitoring station and

monitor the critical parameters maintained in Schedule - ‘B’ as per CPCB guidelines

and shall submit monthly reports to Regional Office and Zonal Office regularly.

25. Mining shall be carried out as per approved Mining plan.

26. The Mining unit shall submit a compliance report on CFO conditions for every 6

months as on 01st January and 01st July of every year at Regional Office and Zonal

Office.

SCHEDULE – C

[See rule 6(2)]

[CONDITIONS OF AUTHORISATION FOR OCCUPIER OR OPERATOR HANDLING

HAZARDOUS WASTES]

1. All the rules and regulations notified by Ministry of Environment and Forests,

Government of India under the E(P) Act, 1986 in respect of management, handling,

transportation and storage of the Hazardous wastes should be followed.

2. The industry shall not store hazardous waste for more than 90 days as per the

Hazardous and other Wastes (Management and Transboundary Movement) Rules, 2016

and amendments thereof.

3. The industry shall store Used Oil and Used Lead Acid Batteries in a secured way in their

premises till its disposal to the manufacturers / dealers on buyback basis.

4. The industry shall maintain 6 copy manifest system for transportation of waste

generated and a copy shall be submitted to concerned Regional Office of APPCB. The

driver who transports Hazardous Waste should be well acquainted about the procedure

to be followed in case of an emergency during transit. The transporter should carry a

Transport Emergency (TREM) Card.

5. The industry shall maintain proper records for Hazardous Wastes stated in

Authorization in FORM-3 i.e., quantity of Incinerable waste, land disposal waste,

recyclable waste etc., and file annual returns in Form- 4 as per Rule 6(5), 13(8), 16(6)

and 20(2) of the Hazardous Wastes (Management, Handling & Transboundary

Movement) Rules, 2016 and amendments thereof.

6. The authorized person shall comply with the provisions of the Environment

(Protection) Act, 1986, and the rules made there under.

7. The person authorized shall not rent, lend, sell, transfer or otherwise transport the

hazardous and other wastes except what is permitted through this authorization.

8. Any unauthorized change in personnel, equipment or working conditions as mentioned

in the application by the person authorized shall constitute a breach of his

authorization.

9. The person authorized shall implement Emergency Response Procedure (ERP) for

which this authorization is being granted considering all site specific possible scenarios

such as spillages, leakages, fire etc. and their possible impacts and also carry out mock

drill in this regard at regular interval of time.

10. The person authorized shall comply with the provisions outlined in the Central

Pollution Control Board guidelines on “Implementing Liabilities for Environmental

Damages due to Handling and Disposal of Hazardous Waste and Penalty”.

Page 6 of 6

11. The hazardous and other waste which gets generated during recycling or reuse or

recovery or pre-processing or utilization of imported hazardous or other wastes shall

be treated and disposed of as per specific conditions of authorization.

12. Any other conditions for compliance as per the Guidelines issued by the Ministry of

Environment, Forest and Climate Change or Central Pollution Control Board from time

to time.

13. Annual return shall be filed by June 30th for the period ensuring 31st March of the year.

JOINT CHIEF ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEER

To

M/s. S.K.Sarwagi & Co., Private Limited,

(Kanaka Mahalakshmi Managanese Ore Mine),

Sy.No.278, 279 & 281/1 to 8,

Karlam (V), Cheepurupalli (M),

Vizianagaram District.

Rajendra

Reddy Thuraka

Digitally signed by

Rajendra Reddy Thuraka

Date: 2020.12.03

12:59:23 +05'30'